Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations

Raising capital as a company can be an exciting step, but understanding some particularities of the area is not always so easy. One crucial aspect is understanding prospectus requirements, detailed legal documents outlining a security offering.

Regulation 45-106, a game-changer for Canadian companies by offering “exemptions” from this requirement, but it’s not a free pass, it has specific conditions.

Curious? Keep reading and check practical aspects about Canada 45-106 Reporting Obligations.

Introduction

Regulation 45-106, also known as National Instrument 45-106, is a key piece of Canadian securities law that governs exemptions from issuing a prospectus (a detailed legal document) for companies raising capital.

It outlines specific scenarios where companies can offer and sell securities without a prospectus, often referred to as “exemptions.” This streamlines the process for both companies and investors by reducing documentation and administrative burdens.

However, using these exemptions doesn’t mean companies get a free pass. Regulation 45-106 also imposes reporting requirements on companies that utilize these exemptions, typically those raising capital through private placements (selling shares to a limited group of accredited investors). These reports serve two main purposes:

 

  • Transparency: Provide investors and regulators with detailed information about the company and its securities offering, enabling informed investment decisions and ensuring everyone has access to essential facts.

 

  • Investor protection: Uphold a high standard of market integrity by deterring fraud and ensuring investors are treated fairly.

 

Therefore, Regulation 45-106 balances streamlined capital raising with essential investor protection by allowing exemptions under specific conditions but requiring reporting to maintain transparency and safeguard investor interests.

Filing Form 45-106: don’t forget this!

As we talked in the previous section, the National Instrument 45-106 is a securities regulation in Canada that governs prospectus and registration exemptions for issuers and investors. 

In this context, it sets out various exemptions from the prospectus requirement for the issuance and trading of securities, along with specific reporting obligations for companies that rely on these exemptions.

The reporting requirements for companies under Regulation 45-106 primarily apply to issuers who issue securities under specific exemptions, such as the private placement exemptions. The reporting obligations aim to provide investors and regulators with information about the issuers and their securities offerings, ensuring transparency and investor protection.

What is 45-106 filing?  

Summing up, the 45-106 filing is a mandatory reporting process in Canadian securities regulations. It involves submitting a form with detailed information about the issuer, security, exemptions, offering amount, and investors. 

Let’s take a closer look.

  • Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution:
    • Issuers who rely on certain prospectus exemptions (e.g., private placements) to issue securities in Canada must file a Form 45-106F1 – Report of Exempt Distribution.
    • This report must be filed with the applicable securities regulatory authority in each Canadian jurisdiction where the distribution occurred.
    • The Form 45-106F1 contains details about the issuer, the type of security issued, exemptions relied upon, the offering amount, and information about the investors.

Regulation 45-106 Compliance: best practices

Seeking professional assistance to fill out the forms and solve questions about your business and 45-106 is a key aspect and might be considered since the beginning of the process.

It’s crucial for companies and issuers to understand the specific reporting requirements associated with the exemptions used and to ensure timely and accurate filings to meet their regulatory obligations. Compliance with reporting requirements under Regulation 45-106 contributes to maintaining transparency in the Canadian capital markets and supports investor confidence. Companies should seek guidance from legal and financial professionals familiar with Canadian securities regulations to navigate these obligations effectively.

 

Online Capital Formation for Private Companies

In the fast-paced private company landscape, understanding Online Capital Formation dynamics is not just a strategic advantage – it’s imperative. As we commemorate the twelfth anniversary of the JOBS Act in 2024, it’s evident that evolving capital-raising regulations have paved the way for a transformative approach to business financing. In this ever-changing scenario, everyone in the private market needs to grasp the significance of Online Capital Formation to unlock myriad opportunities for their ventures.

Table of Contents

  1. Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises
  2. The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+
  3. Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding
  4. Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation
  5. Final Insights

 

Making Capital Formation Accessible for Private Enterprises

At its core, the democratization of capital is a driving force behind Online Capital Formation. Gone are the days when crowdfunding merely conjured images of Kickstarter campaigns. Today, it has evolved into a sophisticated financial tool, especially with the maturation of Regulation CF (RegCF) and Regulation A+ (RegA+) over the past decade.

RegCF and RegA+ are two sets of rules established by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to govern equity crowdfunding. They were both introduced as part of the JOBS Act (Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act) and their primary goal is to make it easier for businesses and startups (from small to enterprises) to raise capital by offering and selling securities online.

The concept of digital securities involves representing traditional financial instruments (such as stocks or bonds) in digital form using blockchain technology. Digital securities enable more efficient and transparent transactions, and they can be traded on digital securities exchanges.

The Complexity of RegCF and RegA+

RegCF and RegA+ transcend the traditional crowdfunding model, where entrepreneurs pitch ideas for product launches. Instead, they empower companies to transform investors into shareholders. The focus has shifted from merely selling stories to selling stock – a nuanced shift that goes beyond the conventional understanding of crowdfunding.

In order to fit in each of these regulations, companies must pass the eligibility criteria for each of them and provide certain disclosures to investors, including information about their business, financial condition, and the terms of the offering. The level of disclosure required is less extensive compared to traditional IPOs, but it aims to provide investors with enough information to make informed investment decisions.

Beyond Conventional Crowdfunding

These regulations are more than regulatory frameworks; they’re a paradigm shift that offers private companies a more expansive and flexible avenue for raising capital. They allow them to raise capital from both accredited and non-accredited investors, which includes their own clients and employees. RegCF allows them to raise up to 5 million dollars while with RegA+, it’s possible to raise up to 75 million dollars.

Equity Crowdfunding is an alternative pathway to access capital markets, offering a more cost-effective and less burdensome option than a full IPO. It has helped more people invest in early-stage funding, making investment opportunities available to a wider range of investors. With these regulations, you can leverage the internet and technology to connect with more investors and grow the business.

Seizing the Future with Online Capital Formation

While the term “crowdfunding” remains rooted in popular imagination, it falls short of encapsulating the depth and complexity of RegCF and RegA+. We must recognize these exemptions have matured into a robust mechanism that demands a more nuanced understanding. They must carefully navigate the regulatory requirements and considerations as this is monitored by the SEC aiming to ensure investor protection and maintain market integrity.

To shed light on this evolution, we have collaborated with industry experts, including Sara Hanks, CEO/Founder of CrowdCheck, and Douglas Ruark, President of Regulation D Resources, now known as Red Rock Securities Law. Together, we aim to redefine the landscape by emphasizing what we believe heralds a new era in crowdfunding: Online Capital Formation

Additionally, success in equity crowdfunding often depends on effective marketing, transparent communication, and a compelling value proposition for investors.  From accessing diverse investors to increasing brand visibility, this overview highlights seven key benefits. Take a look at the chart.

# Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation
1 Access to Diverse Investors
2 Engagement of Customers
3 Increased Brand Visibility
4 Flexibility in Fundraising
5 Gathering Early Feedback
6 Cost-Effectiveness
7 Potential for Liquidity

A Closer Look at the Top 7 Benefits of Democratizing Capital Formation

Final insights

As private company owners and managers, the onus is on you to comprehend the evolving dynamics of Online Capital Formation. It’s not merely a trend. Embrace the opportunities, stay informed, and position your venture at the forefront of this new era in crowdfunding. The journey begins with understanding. If you’re looking to raise capital and want to know more about your company’s suitability and which steps to take first, book a call with one of our specialists.

Private Capital Market Regulations – 10 RegA+ Issuers Penalized for SEC Violation: What Can We Learn?

The Importance of Compliance in Private Capital Market Regulations

We’ve discussed compliance at length and how it’s essential for building trust within the private capital markets. But what happens when you’re not compliant?

The SEC will eventually find out and impose penalties to issuers that fail to meet securities regulations, as ten Regulation A+ (RegA+) issuers recently learned.

These recent violations can serve as a cautionary tale to issuers about the importance of adhering to Private Capital Market Regulations.

Regulation A+ and the SEC’s Oversight

Companies selling securities to raise capital generally have to register with the SEC and comply with other rules that can be expensive and onerous for smaller companies, so RegA+ allows exemptions from registration, provided certain other conditions are met. In its press release, the SEC announced that 10 RegA+ issuers failed to comply with these conditions, highlighting the challenges within Private Capital Market Regulations. The SEC reported that each issuer was previously qualified to sell securities under RegA+, but subsequently made significant changes to the offering so that it no longer met exemption requirements. These changes included “improperly increasing the number of shares offered, improperly increasing or decreasing the price of shares offered, failing to file updated financial statements at least annually for ongoing offerings, engaging in prohibited at the market offerings, or engaging in prohibited delayed offerings.”

Private Capital Market Regulations: Protecting Investors and Market Integrity

These regulations are not just arbitrary demands by the SEC; they exist to protect investors and the integrity of the system as a whole. For example, changing the offering price without getting those changes cleared by the SEC is a concern because it could be a vector for fraud or money laundering; issuing securities for a different price conceals the actual amount of money changing hands. Similarly, making unsanctioned changes to offering terms can erode investor confidence. Ideally, each investor conducted their own due diligence before investing – they felt comfortable with the terms listed in offering documents qualified by the SEC. Changing these terms without notifying investors and having changes approved by the SEC just isn’t fair play, and underscores the critical role of Private Capital Market Regulations.

The Consequences of Non-Compliance

The ten issuers cited by the SEC violated these principles, and got caught. Each company agreed to stop violating the Securities Act, and to pay civil penalties that ranged from $5,000 to $90,000. In the press release, Daniel R. Gregus, Director of the SEC’s Chicago Regional Office was quoted saying: “Companies that choose to benefit from Regulation A as a cost-effective way to raise capital must meet its requirements,” reinforcing the significance of compliance with Private Capital Market Regulations.

These penalties serve as a reminder that issuers must be careful when making changes to their offering after qualification. Working with an experienced team can help to mitigate some of this risk, but ultimately, it is the issuer’s responsibility to meet all securities regulations, including those pertaining to Private Capital Market Regulations. And as with most things, 90% of the job is preparation.

How not to fall into the wrong with the regulators checklist

  • Always check with your securities lawyer and FINRA Broker-Dealer who did your RegA+ filing before making any public statements, news releases, or announcements related to investment in your company, as these might be construed as offerings subject to SEC rules and Private Capital Market Regulations;
  • Track all your activities date, time, where distributed
  • Be thoroughly familiar with your company, its business, and how it is structured.
  • Have a clear idea of your company’s funding needs, how much capital you need to raise, what kind of equity or control you are prepared to give up in return
  • Seek advice from qualified experts: securities lawyers, broker-dealers, accountants; being familiar with your own company will help you answer their questions and get better advice.
  • Choose the right capital-raising route for your needs, whether it be a bank loan, remortgaging your house, or using one of the JOBS Act exemptions.
  • READ THE REGULATIONS! Seriously, read the regulations, and any explanatory notes from the SEC on how they apply and what you need to do to comply.
  • Make notes about the parts you’re not sure about, and ask your experts how they apply to you.

It may turn out that the exemption you initially chose isn’t the right one for your needs, so be prepared to go back and change your plans. It’s much easier to change plans before they’re implemented than it is to have to fix something that’s gone wrong with the implementation.

Once you’re satisfied with the regulation you’ve chosen, make a list of all the things you’ll need to do to carry out a compliant and successful raise. You might do this yourself, or with the assistance of your experts, but in any event you should have your experts review it to see if you’ve got anything wrong or left anything out. Execute the plan. You may need to delegate some of the items on the list to others, but ensure that there is always someone accountable to sign off on the completion of every requirement. Maintain a paper trail of who did what and when, not so much to know whom to blame but to be able to identify where something went wrong and how to fix it. Don’t panic. Mistakes happen.

What is an Escrow Provider’s Role in RegA+?

An escrow provider is a neutral party that handles financial transactions between two or more parties. They are often used in the securities industry to ensure that all parties involved in trade receive their agreed-upon share of the investment. Escrow providers in RegA+ play an essential role, securely holding funds investors have paid until those investors can be verified. This article will explain what an escrow provider is, their importance in RegA+, and some of the benefits they offer companies.

 

An escrow provider is a financial institution or company that holds funds on behalf of two other parties until their agreement has been met. In the context of securities offerings, escrow providers are often used in Regulation A+ transactions to hold funds invested by investors until the broker-dealer has completed their due diligence on those investors. This due diligence includes verifying the investor’s identity and ensuring that the investment is legitimate.

 

The escrow provider plays an important role in protecting both the investor and issuer in a Reg A+ transaction. Holding the funds until the completion of the broker-dealer’s due diligence protects the issuer from fraud and also ensures that the buyer receives their money back if the deal falls through. 

 

Escrow providers help to make sure that all of the necessary steps are taken to complete the transaction and that everyone involved is satisfied with the outcome. Part of this process includes making sure that the correct paperwork is filed and that all of the right people have signed off on it and everyone involved is legitimate. 

 

Beyond using an escrow provider to ensure that your Reg A+ transactions are completed smoothly and efficiently, it is also required for companies utilizing equity crowdfunding. Therefore, choosing an experienced escrow provider can provide valuable assistance and peace of mind throughout the process. 

 

Escrow providers play an essential role in Reg A+ transactions by holding and managing the funds until the necessary due diligence has been completed. They also ensure that all parties involved in the transaction comply with securities laws. These factors make escrow providers in RegA+ a necessary component of a successful offering. 

What Does Direct Listing Mean?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer wondering what “direct listing” means. In short, a direct listing, also sometimes referred to as a direct public offering, is an offering in which an issuer raises capital directly from investors without a third-party intermediary like a broker-dealer or funding platform. 

 

Direct listings can occur in both the public and private markets. In the private market, companies raising capital often do so under JOBS Act exemptions for SEC registration, such as RegA+ or RegD. Companies may opt for a direct listing because it lowers the costs of capital as there are often fewer fees that would otherwise be paid to an intermediary. Issuers can also use a direct listing to allow investors to invest through the issuer’s website, which can prevent investors from being directed to other offerings. This often gives issuers more control over the investment. In contrast, RegCF offerings cannot be conducted without using an SEC-registered intermediary.

 

However, there are significant downsides to opting for a direct listing. Some states require issuers to utilize an intermediary like a broker-dealer or funding portal to sell securities. Additionally, some Tier I RegA+ direct listings require the issuer to register the security in every state that it intends to sell the security, making the offering more burdensome and costly. Additionally, a direct listing can make it easier for companies to miss essential aspects of regulatory compliance, creating additional risks for themselves and investors. This, offerings made via a direct listing require a higher level of due diligence from investors to ensure they aren’t falling victim to fraud.

 

When using a registered intermediary like a broker-dealer or a funding portal, these entities often have defined processes and compliance requirements that ensure capital is being raised in accordance with securities regulations, protecting both issuers and investors. An SEC-registered intermediary ensures that an issuer has gone through due diligence like bad actor checks to validate that it is eligible to be listed on a portal.

 

Ultimately, any company seeking to raise capital through a JOBS Act exemption should talk to a broker-dealer and a securities lawyer to understand how they can compliantly and successfully raise the capital they need to grow in the private market. 

Private Equity vs. Venture Capital

For companies looking to raise capital, there are many options on the table. From raising capital from friends and family and crowdfunding to private equity and venture capital, not every option is suited for all entrepreneurs. In this context, the question “Private Equity vs. Venture Capital” is becoming popular.

So in this article we will explore the difference between venture capital and private equity, as well as some alternatives for companies looking to secure funding in the private capital markets. 

 

What is Private Equity?

Private equity firms are investment firms that raise capital from accredited investors to make investments in private companies. In the case of private equity, these firms generally seek to take a majority stake in portfolio companies – which means that the firm will obtain greater than 50% ownership. Another characteristic of private equity firms is that they generally prefer to invest in established companies that have operational inefficiencies. The goal is to reduce these inefficiencies so that the company can turn profitable. If the firm sells a portfolio company or it goes public, it distributes returns to investors. 

 

What is Venture Capital?

Similar to private equity, venture capital (VC) firms raise capital from accredited investors. However, they take a different role in the private capital markets. VC firms seek to invest in early-stage and startup companies with high growth potential. They often control less than 50% ownership and take a mentorship role. Once a portfolio company is acquired or goes public through an IPO, it can distribute returns to investors. 

 

Alternative Capital Raising Opportunities

However, many companies find it difficult to secure VC or private equity funding. Since 2022, VC funding has dropped by more than 50% and late-stage investments have plummeted even more dramatically, down 63%. Still, there is hope for companies seeking to raise capital. During this time, the amount of capital being raised through JOBS Act exemptions had grown considerably, providing viable opportunities for entrepreneurs seeking capital. Through RegA+, companies can raise up to $75 million, and through RegCF, companies can raise up to $5 million. This capital can be raised from both accredited and nonaccredited investors, creating a wide pool of potential investors. At the same time, the minimum investment is typically much smaller, which allows everyday people to get involved with promising companies. It is also more cost-effective to raise capital through these alternatives than traditional VC or private equity firms, or going through an IPO.

 

Now that you know the key-points on Private Equity vs. Venture Capital, it’s easy to understand that learn about the differences can help you identify what capital-raising options may be best suited for your company. However, if you need additional guidance, reaching out to a broker-dealer or securities attorney can help point you in the right direction for your capital-raising journey.

What is an Option?

Like warrants, options are a form of security called a derivative. As a derivative’s name suggests, these securities gain their value from an underlying asset. In the case of options, this is the underlying security

 

There are typically two primary forms of options; call options and put options. Both are governed by contracts; a call option allows the holder to buy securities at a set price while a put option allows them to sell. However, options contracts do not come for free. They can be bought for a premium, which is a non-refundable payment due upfront. Once options have been purchased, the holder has a certain amount of time during which they can exercise their options. On the other hand, options do not require the holder to purchase the shares contracts allow. When options are exercised, the price paid is referred to as the strike price.

 

In buying call options, the holder is guaranteed to buy securities at a certain price, even if the underlying security significantly increases in price. A put option works more like an insurance policy, protecting the holder’s portfolio from potential downturns. If a security was to decrease in price, the shareholder would be able to sell at a set price specified by their option contract, even if the market price was to fall lower than what the option allows it to be sold at.

 

In addition to being a way to minimize investment risks and maximize profits, options are becoming a popular incentive for employees, especially in startup companies when looking to attract employees. In addition to options that can be bought, options also refer to the ones issued to employees by their employer. This gives employees the chance, but not the obligation, to buy shares within a specified time. Employee stock options either come as an Incentive Stock Option or Nonqualified Stock Options, with the difference being the tax incentives that go along with exercising the options. 

 

Whether you have call or put options, they are a useful way to protect your portfolio from downsides or benefit from being able to purchase more shares at a discounted price. They are just one of the many forms of securities available, which should be considered carefully when making investment decisions.

 

What is a Burn Rate?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking what a burn rate is. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

The word “burn rate” gets thrown around a lot in the realm of startups and early-stage businesses. But what exactly does it mean, and why is it so important? In this blog post, we’ll explore the ins and outs of burn rate, including what it is, why it matters, and how you can keep it under control.

 

Simply put, the burn rate is the rate at which a company is losing money. It takes into account the company’s operating expenses and revenue, measuring it monthly. This metric shows how much cash a company needs to continue operating for a certain period of time. For example, if a company has monthly expenses of $100,000 and revenue of $50,000, its burn rate is $50,000 per month. This means that the company is losing $50,000 each month, and if nothing changes, it will run out of cash in two months. It’s important to note that the burn rate can fluctuate based on several factors, including:

 

  • Investments in development
  • Advertising and marketing costs
  • Research and development costs
  • Operating expenses (e.g., wages, rent, etc.)

 

By monitoring the burn rate, businesses can make informed decisions about how to use their resources and budget.

 

Why is Burn Rate Important?

 

Understanding and managing burn rate is crucial for any startup or early-stage business. A high burn rate suggests that a company is depleting its cash supply at a rapid pace, which puts it at a higher risk of entering a state of financial distress. This can have serious consequences for investors, who may need to set more aggressive deadlines for the company to realize revenue, or inject more cash into the business to provide more time to reach profitability.

 

Conversely, a low burn rate can indicate that a company has a stronger financial position and are in a better position to become profitable. Low burn rates are also more attractive to investors since their investments can go further.

 

Keeping Burn Rate Under Control

 

Now that we understand the importance of burn rate, let’s look at some strategies for managing it effectively.

 

Layoffs and Pay Cuts: If a company is experiencing a high burn rate, investors may seek to reduce expenses on employee compensation. While layoffs and pay cuts are never easy, they can help a company achieve a leaner strategy and reduce operating expenses.

 

Growth: One way to reduce the burn rate is to project an increase in growth that will improve economies of scale. For example, some startups are currently in a loss-generating scenario, but investors continue to fund them to achieve future profitability.

 

Marketing: Investing in marketing can help a company grow and expand its user base or product use. However, startups are often constrained by limited resources and budgets, making paid advertising a challenge. Instead, they can use low-cost or no-cost tactics to achieve growth, such as email marketing or social media.

 

Burn rate is a crucial metric for any startup or early-stage business. By understanding and managing it effectively, companies can improve their financial health and position themselves for long-term success. Whether it’s reducing staff or compensation, investing in growth, or using low-cost marketing tactics, there are a variety of strategies for keeping the burn rate in check. And for investors, keeping a close eye on the burn rate can help you make informed decisions about funding and supporting startups.

Veni, Vidi, Verify

More than two millennia ago, Julius Caesar said the famous phrase, “Veni, Vidi, Vici”, triumphant in battle. This translates to, “I came, I saw, I conquered.” While the Roman Empire has long since fallen, these powerful words continue to ring true today – only in a different context. When it comes to investment opportunities, there is a simple way to “conquer” the investment process: Veni, Vidi, Verify.


I Came: The Search for Investment Opportunites 

 

With Regulation CF or RegA+, investors have more investment opportunities available to them than ever. Many of these investment opportunities are in startups that have a promising future, ranging from collectibles, MedTech, real estate, and many other growing industries. This is the time to start thinking about how you can use these opportunities to grow your investment portfolio while aligning your risk tolerance with your investing goals.

 

I Saw: Seeking Legitimate Investments

 

The abundance of options available to investors can be considered both a blessing and a curse. Despite the many opportunities available, you must ensure that the company is legitimate and the way you invest. For issuers, the same could be said about making certain investors are who they say they are to protect your company. When investing, it is good to analyze the risk versus the reward of a particular investment. You want to ensure that everything is above board in terms of your investment and there are no underlying additional risks. 

 

I Verified: Confidence Through Verification

 

Verification allows investors and issuers alike to verify the information provided by all parties to help confirm the transaction is legitimate and complies with regulatory requirements. Verification can ensure the quality of an investment with the assistance of data and information, such as:

 

  • ID verification
  • KYC and AML
  • Regulatory compliance
  • Transaction information
  • Company information and history

 

This gives investors the peace of mind to pursue assets knowing that they are making an informed decision and letting issuers know that investors are who they say they are. Additionally, tools such as the KoreID mobile app enhances the process of verification during the investment process. With KoreID, investors can securely manage their investments and personal information to meet KYC requirements. 

Veni, Vidi, Verify helps both issuers and investors ensure that they are making secure investments. Ultimately, verification and adherence to securities regulations create trust between investors and issuers during the investment process.

My Company is Based in Canada: Can I Use RegCF to Raise Capital?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking if Canadian companies can use RegCF to raise capital. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

Crowdfunding is a popular way for small businesses, startups, and entrepreneurs to raise capital without necessarily needing the support of venture capitalists or angel investors. Regulation Crowdfunding (RegCF) provides an avenue for companies to legally raise capital through equity crowdfunding in the United States and is regulated by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). 

 

Although RegCF is available to US companies, many Canadian companies have questions regarding whether they can also use this exemption to raise capital. This article will answer those questions and provide insight into the legal requirements and structures that work for Canadian companies.

 

Legal Requirements for Raising Capital Through RegCF in Canada

 

In short, the answer is yes, Canadian companies can use RegCF. However, certain requirements must be met for a company outside of the U.S. to take raise capital through this exemption.

 

The main legal requirement is that the company must establish a US entity, such as a corporation or a limited liability company (LLC), which will be managed from within the U.S. The SEC states that “the issuer’s officers, partners, or managers must primarily direct, control, and coordinate its activities from the U.S., and its principal place of business must be in the U.S.”

 

It is also recommended that Canadian companies considering using RegCF to raise capital should provide evidence of their plans to engage the US market. This could include investing in marketing and advertising initiatives, setting up offices or physical locations within the US, hiring personnel from the US, etc.

 

Using RegCF in Canada

 

There are a few different ways that Canadian businesses approach a RegCF offering. One option is to create a wholly-owned subsidiary in the United States that will operate the business and raise funds through RegCF. This subsidiary must have its own business plan and financials, and cannot simply be a shell company. Alternatively, Canadian companies can create a US-based holding company that will own the Canadian entity and operate the business in both countries. This structure can be beneficial for companies looking to expand their operations into the US market while also raising capital from US-based investors. Canadian companies can also create a new US-based company that licenses the product or service of the Canadian company. 

 

Ultimately, a Canadian company seeking to raise capital using RegCF must create a US-based entity with a primary place of business in the US. The company raising capital cannot simply be a shell company that directs capital raised back to the parent company.

 

Alternatives for Canadian Companies

 

There are several other options for raising capital for Canadian companies that cannot or do not wish to use RegCF. These include traditional venture capital and angel investing, as well as debt financing from banks and other lenders. Additionally, many Canadian provinces have their own provincial securities commissions that offer exemptions from the registration requirements for businesses looking to raise funds from investors within their jurisdiction. But because of RegCF’s benefits of allowing companies to advertise offerings, as well as its low minimum investment requirements, it is certainly worth considering for Canadian businesses looking to raise capital.

 

Deciding whether or not to use RegCF for a Canadian company is ultimately a decision that should be made on a case-by-case basis. Although US securities laws may present some additional regulations, there are many benefits to using this platform if it is done properly. The ability to access capital from a larger pool of investors, as well as the streamlined process of RegCF, can make it an attractive option for Canadian businesses looking to raise funds.  Ultimately, Canadian companies should discuss their capital raising options with a securities attorney if they have questions about the process and their options.

April Investment Crowdfunding Sees Near-Record Levels

The last couple of months have been a turbulent time for the financial sector. In March, we first saw the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank, the largest bank by deposits in Silicon Valley and favored by tech startups. This was followed a couple of days later by the collapse of Signature Bank. The third collapse this year was that of First Republic Bank, the largest banking failure since the financial crisis in 2008. These events have been coupled with stagnation in the venture capital market that has highlighted the stability of the investment crowdfunding industry. Ultimately, April demonstrated a resilient interest in investment crowdfunding.

 

Investment Crowdfunding Proves Appetite for Deals

 

In a recent newsletter, Sherwood Neiss, Principal at Crowdfund Capital Advisors, was quoted saying, “A large amount of capital and number of investors flowing into Investment Crowdfunding offers proves that there is a massive appetite for these deals.” Neiss continues, “While there might have been fewer deals in April, the reality is startups still need capital, and Investment Crowdfunding is where they will find it. We expect to start to see an uptick in deals in May as these issuers realize opportunity exists here.” 

 

Investment Crowdfunding Sees a Decline in New Deals, Rise in Capital Commitments

 

In April, there was a decline in new deals, with only 91 being launched, compared to 147 in March 2023. This marked the lowest number of crowdfunding deals since June 2020. However, capital commitments reached an impressive $65.4 million in April, the second-highest level of commitment since March 2021, when investment crowdfunding was reaching a high point of interest during the pandemic. 

 

There were also 54 issuers that raised over $1 million each during April, while six raised the maximum of $5 million. With the 54 issuers that closed their raise during the month bringing in an impressive $131 million, it was the second-highest monthly close of capital, despite ongoing challenges faced by the private capital markets. 

 

More Investors are Making Investment Decisions

 

The number of checks written by investors in April 2023 increased by 92.9% compared to the prior month but dropped by 4% compared to the prior year. The average check size dropped to $1,174 in April 2023 due to a large number of active deals compared to March. 

 

The investment crowdfunding industry is growing rapidly and shows no signs of slowing down. As investors become more comfortable with deploying capital in private markets, despite current challenges in the private market, it will only continue to fuel this growth trend.

 

What is an Escrow Provider?

If you’ve bought a home, you’ve likely heard the term escrow. In the homebuying process, escrow can be used to hold a good faith deposit while the contract is being finalized. It can also be used after the home is purchased to pay for property taxes, homeowners insurance, or mortgage insurance. In these instances, money held in escrow is managed by an independent, third-party intermediary. However, escrow is also common during the process of investing in a company, where the escrow provider takes custody of funds and assets until specific transaction conditions are met. But what exactly is the role of an escrow provider in a transaction? What responsibilities do they have? And when should they be utilized? 

 

What is an Escrow Provider?

 

An escrow provider is an independent third-party intermediary which ensures that a transaction is completed in accordance with the rules of the agreement. An escrow provider collects, holds, and distributes funds on behalf of the individuals involved in a transaction. The help of certified escrow providers ensures that both parties meet their obligations and bring confidence to complete a transaction reliably. 

 

In many cases, the buyer and seller agree to use an escrow provider for several advantages, such as:

 

  • Mitigating the risk of nonpayment or fraud
  • Ensuring that all funds are securely handled
  • Being an impartial third party to the transaction

 

The process when utilizing an escrow provider generally includes:

 

  • Creating a contract outlining the obligations of the buyer and seller
  • Depositing funds into an escrow account
  • Ensuring that all conditions of the agreement are met before releasing funds

 

At the same time, technology can play an important role in the escrow process. For example, smart contracts that leverage blockchain technology can be programmed to automatically transfer assets between two parties once the conditions of the contract have been met. This can automate some of the escrow process, which can help to streamline the escrow process.

 

JOBS Act and Escrow

 

The Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act has since become a major factor in creating a secure capital-raising environment in the private capital markets. To raise capital, issuers must follow securities regulations to ensure compliance in the capital-raising process. This provides an additional layer of protection for investors and startups raising capital.

 

An essential component of compliance includes finding an escrow provider to administer transactions. This ensures that all funds are handled securely and that a third-party intermediary manages the transaction. Putting investors and issuers at ease by bringing peace of mind to the transaction. 

 

Escrow providers are essential for any type of business transaction where an impartial third-party intermediary is involved. With an increase in accredited and nonaccredited investors alike being involved in the private capital markets thanks to the JOBS Act, it is crucial to ensure that one is involved in the capital raising process. Whether you are an investor or issuer, using an escrow provider guarantees all funds are handled correctly while avoiding financial risk or fraud. 

Shedding Light on the Secondary Market

The private capital market is an important component of the economy and has seen considerable growth since the JOBS Act exemptions came into play. However, the public markets have the advantage of a strong underlying infrastructure, one that existed long before the advent of the Internet (the first public company was the Dutch East India Company which began stock trading in the early 1600s). In contrast, the private markets historically have fewer options for liquidity other than an exit or an IPO. 

 

Technological advancements have had a profound impact on the secondary market, transforming the way trading is conducted through the use of electronic systems for order delivery and execution. On the public side, entities like the New York Stock Exchange and Nasdaq have automated many functions that streamline the process of buying and selling stocks. In addition, broker-dealers and institutional investors have been leveraging powerful computer systems and sophisticated applications to manage inventory, order flow, and risk while receiving market data, research reports, and company information electronically. 

 

In the private market, alternative trading systems (ATSs) have emerged to let investors sell or buy shares on a secondary market. For example, anyone who has invested through RegA+ is then able to transact on the secondary market if the issuer has permitted that option. Still, there are many issues that face the private market. The unfortunate reality is that while a fragmented regulatory environment does allow for some secondary market transactions, issuers are not pre-empted from state securities regulations. 

 

The private capital market is beginning to catch up with the public market in terms of technological advancements, with companies seeking to create digital infrastructure and platforms for the private market. However, to truly unlock liquidity in the secondary markets of the private capital market, there needs to be an overarching system that enables buyers and sellers to identify potential trades quickly, securely, and with full transparency on the secondary market.

 

The lack of visibility in information is a key issue inhibiting secondary marketing trading in the private capital markets. Solving these issues will unlock a huge opportunity for buyers and sellers. To do this, there needs to be an underlying infrastructure similar to that which exists in the public market, allowing companies to quickly and securely connect with potential buyers and sellers, as well as gain access to real-time information about the secondary market. With the right technology in place, this could open up unprecedented opportunities for liquidity in the private capital markets that have long been “dark”.

Why the Private Capital Markets are Outpacing the Public Markets

The private capital market has seen considerable growth over the past few years due to geopolitical tensions, inflation, and interest rate hikes. These factors are driving heightened volatility in public markets, and investors are therefore looking for protection in private market deals. The ability for private companies to raise capital with accredited and nonaccredited investors through regulations like RegCF and RegA+ has also added to this growth.

 

Large Pool of Capital

 

The private capital market is also benefiting from a large pool of capital currently available to investors. According to Preqin, global private capital dry powder stood at around $1.96 trillion in December 2022. Dry powder is the cash that has been committed by investors but has not yet been “called” by investment managers to be allocated for a specific investment. This sizable reserve of money, when deployed, will provide an influx of investment into the private markets.

 

Growth & Flexibility

 

Companies are also opting to stay private for longer durations of time. In 2011, companies typically stayed private for five years before going public. As of 2020, this has extended to a time period of 11 years. Remaining private can give companies greater flexibility as they grow their business. They may find it easier to adapt and make changes in the early stages with private capital, before choosing a public route when they are more mature and established. With the ability to earn up to $75 million in 12 months with RegA+, for example, the ability for private companies to raise capital is unprecedented in the sector. 

 

The Shift from Public Markets to Private Capital Markets

 

This trend is likely to continue into 2023 and beyond as investors seek alternatives to the public markets. As such, understanding the implications of this shift from public to private is essential for any investor looking to capitalize on these opportunities. Private companies are looking to stay private longer because:

 

  • It allows them to keep their business strategies under wraps and maintain control over key decisions.
  • They can gain access to more capital at a lower cost compared to public markets, allowing for accelerated growth.
  • The private capital market has more flexible structures and less regulation compared with the public markets.

 

Private vs Public Market Size

 

McKinsey estimates that in North America, private market fundraising grew by 21% between 2020 and 2021. In the United States alone, there were 7,042,866 private companies. In comparison, there were only 4,000 public companies in the United States as of 2020. These statistics highlight the significant impact that businesses have on the world economy, with diverse markets and industries contributing to growth and prosperity.

 

The private capital market is rapidly outpacing the public market and this trend looks set to continue into 2023. As private companies continue to significantly outnumber public companies, the increase of capital raising opportunities will only help this sector to grow.

What is a Board of Directors?

Recently, we received a question from an issuer, asking to explain what a board of directors is. We believe that education is an essential part of the capital raising process, so don’t hesitate to reach out to our team with any questions that could help you along your capital raising journey.

 

Without further ado, this article will explore the role of a board of directors and the critical role they play within a company. The board of directors serves as the “operating mind” of the company – providing oversight to shareholders, officers, and employees alike. More importantly, boards can be utilized as a tool to mitigate risk when raising capital. This is because a board of directors typically has experience addressing issues that include:

 

  • Strategic direction
  • Corporate governance
  • Independence and accountability

 

What is a Board of Directors?

 

A board of directors, or ‘board’ is the highest governing body of a company. It is responsible for oversight and providing direction to the organization. The board consists of members who are elected by shareholders, normally on an annual basis. These members act as representatives of shareholders and their interests, ensuring that the company is managed properly. Public companies are required to have a board of directors, and while the same is not true for private companies, many still choose to do so.

 

The Need for a Board of Directors

 

The board of directors plays a vital role in ensuring the company is run correctly and its goals are met. The board works to ensure that any decisions made by the company are in line with shareholders’ interests, such as profitability and value preservation. A board also protects shareholders from potential risks associated with investing, such as fraud or mismanagement. In addition, having a board of directors can help to ensure that the company is making responsible decisions and staying compliant with legal and regulatory requirements. The board also helps to prevent self-dealing by executive officers or other members of management, as well as helping to set policy for the organization. 

 

One of the main benefits of having a board of directors is its ability to provide risk mitigation when raising capital. The presence of an independent board can demonstrate to investors that the company has taken steps to protect their interests and show potential investors that there is a competent and experienced group looking after their investments. It is important to distinguish between a board of directors and the other roles within a company. Officers are usually C-level executives who report directly to the board when making decisions regarding how the company operates. 

 

Early-Stage Companies and the Single-Person Corporation

 

For start-ups or early-stage companies, it is common for one person to wear multiple hats. In these instances, an entrepreneur likely serves as both an officer and a board member, making decisions from both perspectives. However, this differs from larger corporations who usually have more members on their boards, to ensure that the company is managed properly. As the company grows, so does the importance of electing an independent board.

 

Tools to Mitigate Risk When Raising Capital

 

When it comes to raising capital, boards must have access to certain tools to manage risk. This includes a minute book, cap table, and other documents which provide information about how the company is operating. By having access to this information, boards can minimize the risk of investors losing their money. With the advent of digital technologies that streamline this data management, board directors can have real-time access to company data that allows them to make informed decisions.

 

From start-ups to larger corporations, boards of directors play an important role in managing risk and providing oversight. Ultimately, having a board of directors is an important aspect of the capital raising process that can provide investors additional confidence in an investment after completing their due diligence.

What You Should Know About Investing in Private Capital Markets

Investing in the private market can be a great way to gain returns unavailable elsewhere. With the right research, investments in private companies can yield higher returns than traditional public markets. With the size of the global private markets growing throughout the past two years, notably in North America, investors must know what to consider before investing in a private company. In this blog, we will look at some key considerations for investing in the private market.

 

Pros & Cons for Non-Accredited Investors

 

Investing in privately-held businesses can be an exciting way to:

 

  • Diversify a portfolio
  • Offer access to investment opportunities that are not available through the public market
  • Potentially provide higher returns than traditional stock and bond investments

 

However, non-accredited investors (those who do not meet certain SEC criteria) need to understand the unique regulatory and financial risks associated with private markets before making an investment decision. Consider the cons of divesting in private companies, such as:

  • Requires a higher amount of due diligence
  • Lower liquidity than publicly-traded securities
  • Can be seen as risker investments than public securities

 

Evaluating Potential Investments

 

Before investing, it is important to conduct due diligence and research a potential investment thoroughly. Consider creating a financial plan and closely examining the deal structure, competitive landscape, and why the company needs your investment. Also, take a look at the company’s management team as well. Do they have experience raising capital? Do they pass a bad actor check?

 

Comparing Private and Public Investments

 

Private investments may offer higher potential returns than those found in the public markets, however, they are often riskier. As an investor, you should be aware of the differences between private and publicly-held businesses before deciding to invest. Consider factors such as liquidity, transparency, and financial reporting.

 

Liquidity: Private investments are sometimes illiquid, meaning that it may be difficult to access your money when needed. However, securities purchased through RegA+ are freely tradeable on a secondary market, which can provide some options for liquidity. In contrast, investments in public companies can be sold on the open market quickly and easily.

 

Transparency: Public companies must adhere to strict disclosure rules that allow investors to clearly understand the risks and rewards of their investments. In comparison, private companies do not have the same regulatory requirements and may be less transparent with their operations or provide limited information to shareholders. This means that investors should carefully review materials provided by the issuer to get a better understanding of the investment risk to ensure it meets their level of risk tolerance.

 

Financial Reporting: Public companies are required to report quarterly earnings and provide other financial information to investors regularly. This is not always the case with privately-held businesses which may only provide periodic updates or no financial information at all.

 

Protecting Your Investment

 

As an investor in a privately-held business, you may be at the mercy of the majority shareholders and can be subject to financial losses if the company does not succeed. To protect yourself, it is important to conduct background checks on all potential investments and set terms for your investment up front. Be sure to understand what rights you have as an investor and any restrictions on transferring or liquidating your shares. Especially if investing in JOBS Act exemptions, like RegA+ or RegCF, if the company you are looking to invest in offers a third-party option where you can sell your shares, this is a great way to access liquidity options.

 

Diversify Your Portfolio

 

The key to success with private investments is diversification. Investing in various companies across different sectors can reduce the risk of investing in a single business or startup that may not succeed. This will help to spread out any potential losses should a particular business not perform as expected.

 

Investing in the private market can be an exciting and rewarding venture for non-accredited investors. Understanding the risks and potential rewards of each potential investment is essential for any investor looking to make a profit in this sector. Ensure that you are comfortable with the risk associated before investing in any venture. Doing so will help to minimize potential losses and maximize potential gains. With careful planning and research, investors can benefit from private investments and diversify their portfolios.

 

Additional knowledge sources
https://www.investopedia.com/articles/stocks/08/privately-held-company-investing.asp

https://guides.loc.gov/company-research/private

https://www.cnbc.com/2021/02/22/if-asked-to-invest-in-a-private-venture-heres-what-you-need-to-do.html

How Do I Build a Community for My Company?

What is a community? The word can be defined as “a body of persons of common and especially professional interests scattered through a larger society” or “a group of people with a common characteristic or interest living together within a larger society.” Putting this into a bit more context, picture a beaver in the forest, building a dam. This seemingly simple, instinctual event has a profound effect on the surrounding area. The dam forms a pond, which creates the perfect habitat for a diverse range of animals, insects, and other organisms, while also improving the water conditions. 

 

This beaver is much like an entrepreneur building a business. As the business grows, it provides employment opportunities, creates a network of suppliers and partners, develops relationships with customers, and is supported by shareholders. They all play a crucial role in the success of your business. 

 

By nurturing these relationships, especially in today’s highly competitive business environment, this community can help increase engagement, loyalty, and interest in your company, which can translate into more investment and business opportunities down the road.

 

Recognizing the Benefits of a Strong Community

 

From customers to employees and suppliers, building a community around your company can bring numerous benefits. A thriving and engaging community can create:

 

  • Increased customer or employee loyalty: When customers and employees feel a sense of belonging and loyalty to your brand, they are more likely to remain loyal for longer. This can result in higher rates of retention, as well as increased referrals and advocacy.
  • Improved engagement with stakeholders: A thriving community can help you engage with key stakeholders such as investors, partners, and suppliers. This can help to foster stronger relationships over time, leading to better deals and collaborations.
  • Increased brand reputation: A community of loyal customers or employees can promote your brand integrity and trustworthiness, which is essential for building a successful business.
  • More growth opportunities: With a strong network of loyal loyal customers and employees, you’ll have a larger pool of potential buyers or investors when you are looking to grow.
  • A foundation for investors: Ultimately, when you’re looking to raise capital or attract investors, having a strong community of engaged stakeholders around your company can be an invaluable asset by providing evidence of your brand’s trustworthiness and potential. These stakeholders can also become valuable investors that share in your vision for the future.

 

Ultimately, cultivating this community requires transparency and compliance to build trust and instill confidence. But how do you go about building a community for your company? 

 

6 Tips for Building a Community

 

1. Understand Your Audience

 

The first step in building a community is to understand your audience. Who are the people you want to attract and engage with? What are their needs, wants, and interests? What motivates them to invest in your company? By creating customer personas and conducting market research, you can get a better understanding of your target audience. This can help you tailor your messaging, content, and engagement strategies to better resonate with your community.

 

2. Focus on Transparency and Communication

 

Transparency and open communication are essential ingredients for building a strong community. Shareholders, employees, and customers all want to feel like they have a voice and that their concerns are being heard. This is especially important when it comes to managing shareholder relationships. To build trust and transparency, consider implementing regular communication channels like newsletters, social media updates, and webinars. Make a point of responding to customer and shareholder feedback promptly and thoroughly.

 

3. Leverage Technology

 

Technology can be a powerful tool in building and managing your community. Consider investing in a customer relationship management (CRM) system to track and manage your customer interactions. This can help you identify patterns and trends in customer behavior, enabling you to tailor your messaging and engagement strategies to better resonate with your community.

Social media platforms like LinkedIn, Facebook, and Twitter can also be powerful tools for building and engaging with your community. Regularly update your social media channels with relevant content, respond to customer feedback and comments, and use social media analytics to track engagement and identify opportunities to better connect with your community.

 

4. Create Meaningful Content

 

Creating high-quality, engaging content is another key element in building a community. Content can come in many different forms, including blog posts, videos, webinars, eBooks, and more. The key is to create content that is tailored specifically to your target audience and resonates with them on an emotional level. This will help you build relationships and foster loyalty among your customers, employees, and shareholders.

 

5. Foster and Incentivize Engagement

 

Engaging your community is an important part of building relationships and developing loyalty. Consider running contests, giveaways, or other promotional activities to incentivize engagement. You can also create loyalty programs or rewards systems to further reward customer engagement.

 

6. Gather Around a Cause

 

When building a strong community creates a sense of purpose around your company. Find something that your customers, employees, and shareholders can all rally behind. This should be something bigger than just making money – it could be related to sustainability, philanthropy, or another cause the community can get behind. By giving people something to believe in, you can create a sense of shared identity that will bring your community together. 

 

When it comes to raising capital, you should also focus on creating experiences that make investors feel appreciated and valued. For example, you could offer exclusive investor-only events or create a private investment platform where invited investors can access exclusive content about your company and its opportunities. 

 

Regardless of how you approach it, building a thriving community around your business is essential to growing and scaling effectively. This will lead to increased loyalty, greater investment opportunities, and higher long-term returns. By taking these key steps to develop a strong community around your business, you’ll be well on your way to achieving your capital-raising goals.

 

7 Golden Rules for the Secondary Market

Secondary markets provide investors a way to trade securities they have previously purchased or buy new ones offered by other investors. This blog will look at the seven golden rules of secondary markets as well as how these rules are enforced through JOBS Act regulations.

 

What is a Secondary Market?

 

A secondary market is an organized platform that provides investors with the opportunity to buy securities from other investors, rather than from the issuer itself. It allows investors to have more flexibility in trading their securities and opens up the potential for greater liquidity. Secondary markets can be used to buy or sell almost any type of security, including stocks, bonds, options, futures, derivatives, and commodities.

 

How an ATS Differ from an Exchange

 

When trading securities on a secondary market, it is vital to understand the different types of Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs) available. ATSs are electronic trading platforms that can be used to trade securities without going through a traditional exchange. These systems can provide investors with greater liquidity and flexibility in trading their securities than what is available on an exchange.

 

Like an exchange that brings together buyers and sellers of securities, an ATS does not take on regulatory responsibilities. This means that an ATS can trade both listed and unlisted securities, like those purchased under a JOBS Act exemption. ATSs are also regulated by the SEC but must be operated by a FINRA-registered broker-dealer. 

 

The 7 Golden Rules of Secondary Markets

 

To ensure that transactions are compliant with security regulations, both issuers and investors should consider the following rules when transacting on a secondary market. 

 

Rule 1: Know Your Client (KYC) – Before conducting transactions, there must be a KYC procedure carried out by the broker-dealer. This helps to identify potentially risky investors and ensure that steps are being taken to prevent fraud, money laundering, and other illicit activities.

 

Rule 2: Disclose Financial Data – Issuers must disclose all relevant financial data before engaging in a transaction on the secondary market. This includes any material changes that have occurred since the last disclosure was filed. From an investor’s perspective, it is important to understand the financial health of the issuer before investing in their securities. This can be achieved by viewing the issuer’s financial statements, annual reports, and/or audited financials. Transparency is crucial in building trust with investors, and failure to disclose pertinent information can result in legal repercussions that can affect the trading of your security on the secondary market.

 

Rule 3: Respect Minimum Price Fluctuations – When trading on the secondary market, investors must always respect price fluctuation limits set by the governing body. These limits are designed to protect both buyers and sellers from extreme volatility or manipulation of the market. With most investors not being able to trade JOBS Act securities on the secondary market for at least a year, these limits help protect investors from quick market movements while providing issuers with stability.

 

Rule 4: Execute Trades Quickly – All trades on the secondary market must be executed quickly to ensure that buyers and sellers are getting the best price attainable. This is especially important with JOBS Act securities, as they are subject to strict time frames for when trading can take place. By executing orders promptly, investors can maximize their profits and minimize losses.

 

Rule 5: Follow Market Regulations – All transactions on the secondary market must adhere to governing body regulations, such as those set forth by the SEC, FINRA, and other regulatory agencies. This ensures that trades are conducted fairly and within legal bounds. It also protects all parties involved in a transaction from fraud.

 

Rule 6: Adhere to Securities Laws and Regulations – Issuers must comply with all applicable securities laws and regulations when trading on the secondary market. This includes complying with JOBS Act regulations, such as Regulation A+ and Regulation Crowdfunding. Failure to comply with these regulations can result in fines, penalties, and legal action.

 

Rule 7: Maintain Good Communication with Investors – Issuers should maintain regular and open communication with investors, providing updates on the company’s performance and any important developments. This helps to build trust and confidence in the relationship between the issuer and the investor. Good communication can also help to mitigate potential issues or conflicts that may arise in the future.

 

Overall, secondary markets can offer a variety of benefits to both investors and issuers, including greater liquidity and flexibility in trading securities. However, both parties need to follow the rules and regulations governing these markets to ensure fair and secure transactions. By adhering to the seven golden rules of secondary markets, investors and issuers can mitigate risk and build trusting relationships that can lead to greater success in their investment endeavors.

5 Things You Need to Know About Transfer Agents

When a company issues securities, it is vital to keep the official record of ownership and distribution accurate and up-to-date at all times. This process is managed by transfer agents who in addition to assuming responsibility for maintaining accurate records of security transactions, can also handle shareholder inquiries, distribute shareholder materials, and more. In this blog post, we will discuss the five critical things that companies need to know about transfer agents before embarking on their next capital raise.

 

1. Protecting Issuers and Investors

 

Transfer agents protect issuers and investors by ensuring that the issuance of securities maintains a high degree of accuracy and reliability, and is consistent with the applicable regulations, thereby protecting both the issuer and the investor from the risk of disputes and expensive litigation. Transfer agents play a critical role in maintaining the integrity of the security issuance process, closely monitoring any changes in ownership or other company-specific details. This helps to prevent fraudulent activities such as double ownership or over-issuance of securities.

 

2. Issuing and Canceling Certificates

 

Another crucial function of transfer agents is to issue or cancel certificates reflecting shareholder ownership in the company, to ensure that the shareholders receive accurate documentation of their investment. The certificates are tangible evidence that shareholders own securities in the company and that they have the right to vote or receive dividends. Transfer agents must also cancel and decommission certificates to reflect trades or company-specific events such as stock splits, mergers, or acquisitions. Canceling or decommissioning certificates is a vital task in maintaining a current and accurate representation of who owns what within the company.

 

3. Managing the Cap Table

 

Transfer agents play a crucial role in managing the cap table. The cap table is the official record of the ownership structure of the company, including the number of shares held and who holds them. It is essential to manage the cap table effectively to avoid conflicts, confusion, or discrepancies among shareholders. The transfer agent ensures that the cap table stays up to date with any changes that may occur due to equity issuances or mergers and acquisition activity involving the company. The effectiveness of the cap table management is critical for companies raising capital or going through mergers and acquisitions, for helping investors conduct their own due diligence, and for tracking the company’s overall value and growth.

 

4. Legal Compliance

 

Another significant responsibility of transfer agents is ensuring the company’s compliance with specific securities laws and regulations. The transfer agent makes sure that the company is aware of and adhering to the legislative guidelines and rules governing the issuance and transfer of securities. Transfer agents must comply with both federal and state regulations, making this a complex task. Companies need to work closely with their transfer agents to ensure they are clear on aspects of the legal requirements that affect their business. Navigating the regulatory landscape can be daunting, but a transfer agent can help make it smoother for companies.

 

5. Investor Relations

Finally, transfer agents are essential for providing service to shareholders. Often, they are the first point of contact when shareholders have questions, concerns, or problems that require resolution. They help to answer any inquiries shareholders may have and maintain a clear line of communication. Excellent customer service is key to maintaining a positive relationship with shareholders. Shareholders who feel valued are more likely to remain invested in the company and can become valuable brand ambassadors. This, in turn, can lead to more significant investments in the company, improving overall shareholder value.

A transfer agent plays a critical role in ensuring that securities transactions are processed accurately and reliably, protecting the interests of the issuer and the investor. Using an experienced and knowledgeable transfer agent has many valuable benefits for companies. They provide companies with a comprehensive solution for managing securities issuances, maintaining shareholder relationships, and navigating the complex regulatory landscape. Transfer agents are an essential part of the securities industry, and companies who work with them are better positioned to succeed.

Small Businesses Need Capital

Small businesses are essential to the economic well-being of a country, but unfortunately, many find it challenging to obtain the capital they need. It is expensive to access the public capital markets at the best of times, but in times of economic hardship and uncertainty,  traditional financing options become especially scarce as well. Fortunately, private capital markets have emerged as a viable and advantageous solution for small businesses to raise the funds they need to grow, sustain jobs, and contribute to their communities. 

 

Raising Capital is Expensive

 

Small businesses are often faced with tedious and expensive processes when trying to access traditional capital sources. Raising capital for companies when going public compared to private can be expensive and complicated. The costs associated with this type of fund-raising include:

 

  • Underwriting fees
  • Exchange listing fees to launch on the stock exchange or other public markets
  • Professional fees for attorneys, accountants, and other financial advisors
  • Printing and distribution costs for prospectus and registration statements
  • Costs associated with filing regulatory paperwork such as the SEC Form S-1

 

These costs can add up, and the process of going public is also typically long and complicated, requiring a great deal of time and energy from company founders. In addition, many banks impose strict guidelines limiting the amount of capital small business owners can borrow, and it might not be enough to cover the cost of going public.  For small startups especially, the possibility of going public may be decades away, if it exists at all. For organizations that need to raise capital more immediately, the private market is a much more viable option than raising capital publicly.

 

The Solution: Private Capital Markets

 

Fortunately, private capital markets provide a viable solution for small businesses during tough economic times. With private businesses able to use JOBS Act regulations like RegA+, RegD, and RegCF to raise millions in capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors, they need not rely on traditional lenders. The cost of raising capital privately using JOBS Act regulations compared to taking a company public is significantly lower. This is because:

 

  • Although there are still securities regulations to protect investors, the reporting requirements are much lower and less costly.
  • Private capital markets avoid the lengthy legal process involved in taking a company public, thereby saving time and legal fees.
  • Private capital markets offer more flexibility than traditional financing sources, allowing businesses to craft more creative and advantageous terms for the capital they need.

 

This makes it easier for small businesses to access the funds they need without having to worry about high costs and long wait times. Furthermore, leveraging private capital markets provides an opportunity for small business owners to cultivate relationships with investors who can provide valuable insights and advice that they may not be able to access through traditional lenders. And that can open more doors.

Approaching the 11th Anniversary of the JOBS Act

Eleven years ago, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act was signed into law in a White House Rose Garden ceremony. Looking back on this landmark legislation, we see its impact has been far-reaching. From increased access to capital for small businesses to the rise of new markets for investment opportunities, the JOBS Act has reshaped how companies raise funds and spur economic growth. In 2022, $150.9 B was raised through Regulations A+, CF, and D, showcasing the tremendous power of these regulations for companies. As we mark the 11th anniversary of this game-changing law, let’s look at what it has accomplished and how it is (still) changing the capital formation landscape.

 

David Wield: The Father of the JOBS Act

 

David Weild IV is a veteran Wall Street executive and advisor to U.S. and international capital markets. He has become well known as a champion of small business as the “Father of the JOBS Act”. Signed into law by President Barack Obama in April 2012, the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act has opened up access to capital markets, giving small businesses and startups the ability to raise money from a much larger pool of investors. Wield has remarked that this was not a political action; it was signed in “an incredibly bipartisan fashion, which is really a departure from what we’ve generally seen. It actually increases economic activity. It’s good for poor people, good for rich people. And it adds to the US Treasury”.

 

As such, Weild is seen as a leading figure in the JOBS Act movement, inspiring the startup community to break down barriers and build the future. He has helped make it easier for companies to become public, empowering a new generation of entrepreneurs looking to start or grow their businesses. Furthermore, Weild’s efforts have allowed more investors to participate in capital markets.

 

Benefitting from the JOBS Act

 

At the inception of the JOBS Act in 2012, non-accredited investors were only allowed to invest up to $2,000 or 5% of their net worth per year. This was designed to protect non-accredited investors from taking on too much risk by investing in startups, as these investments would likely be high risk and high reward. Since then, the JOBS Act has expanded to allow non-accredited investors to invest up to 10% of their net worth or $107,000 per year in startups and private placements.  

 

For companies they were initially allowed to raise:

 

  • Up to $50 million in RegA+ offerings
  • $1 million through crowdfunding (RegCF)
  • Unlimited capital from accredited investors under RegD

 

These numbers have grown significantly since 2012, with:

 

  • Reg A allowing $75 million to be raised
  • Reg CF allowing $5 million to be raised

 

These rules have opened the door for startups to access large amounts of capital that otherwise may not have been available to them. This has allowed more companies to grow, innovate and create jobs in the U.S.

 

How Much has Been Raised with JOBS Act Regulations?

 

The JOBS Act regulations have revolutionized how capital is raised by companies and how investors access new markets. According to Crowdfund Insider, companies have raised:

 

  • $1.8 Billion from July 2021 to June 2022 with RegA+
  • $2.3 trillion with RegD 506(B)
  • $148 trillion with RegD 506(C)
  • $506.7 million with RegCF

 

Since its formation in 2012, the JOBS Act has opened up a variety of avenues for entrepreneurs to access capital. The exempt offering ecosystem has allowed innovators to raise large sums of money with relatively fewer requirements than a traditional public offering, while still requiring compliance and offering investors protection. This has enabled companies to stay in business and grow, allowing the US economy to remain competitive on the global stage.

 

Insights from Industry Leaders

 

Expanding the discussion about capital formation, KoreConX launched its podcast series, KoreTalkX in April 2022. Through this platform, we’ve hosted many thought leaders and experts to share their insights on capital-raising strategies and compliance regulations. Guests have included renowned thought leaders including David Weild, Jason Fishman, Shari Noonan, Joel Steinmetz, Jonny Price, Douglas Ruark, Sara Hanks, and many others. Each of these episodes has explored topics in-depth to provide entrepreneurs with the tools they need to be successful when raising capital from investors.

7 Things You Need to Raise Capital Online in 2023

. ising capital online can be a great way to a vast pool of potential investors. With the JOBS Act exemptions and many online funding portals available, it’s easier than ever to get started. Here are 7 Things You Need to Raise Capital Online in 2023.

 

1. Know Your Options

 

From Regulation D 506(c) offerings to RegCF and RegA+ offerings, it’s important to understand the differences between them. Each option has different requirements for time, cost, and resources. Plan accordingly for whatever option you choose by considering the trade-offs. Many issuers start with a RegD, then move on to a RegCF, and then a RegA+ because of the costs and compliance efforts required with each exemption.

 

2. Plan for a Higher Cost of Capital

 

Raising capital can be expensive. Especially when doing so online, you should plan on paying more than you usually would because of the additional costs associated with marketing, platform fees for using a crowdfunding platform, etc. These costs, along with fees for broker-dealers and legal counsel, can add up quickly, but understanding the potential costs will help you to plan accordingly. While raising capital online will cost more than a brokered or VC deal, you will retain greater ownership and control and suffer from less dilution, which may be a valuable tradeoff.

 

3. Find the Best Online Capital-Raising Platform

 

Before you embark on your journey to raise capital online, you need to find the right platform for your needs. You will want to make sure that you are working with the best platform possible. The first step is to do your research and find out which platform suits you best. You should look into the fees each platform charges, their customer service ratings, and whether or not they have any special features such as automated investing tools or portfolios with pre-set risk profiles.


Be wary of platforms that promise unrealistic returns or make promises about how easy it will be to raise capital in a short amount of time. Seek out platforms that have built up a good reputation and are transparent with their fees and services. Platforms do not raise money for you. Be sure to have a clear strategy in place before you launch your capital-raising campaign, and do not use a platform that promises too much. You can explore the list of FINRA-regulated funding platforms
here.

 

4. You’re Responsible for Marketing

 

You’ll need to craft an effective message and have the resources available to get it out there – whether that’s through social media, email campaigns, print ads, or other forms of advertising.  When you sign up for a capital raising platform, they do not help you with marketing or getting investors. This is left up to your organization or you can hire a marketing firm that is experienced in marketing for online capital raises. Ensure you know your target market and audience so that your message resonates with the right people who will invest in your cause or project. Researching trends in the current market can help you refine your strategy over time as well. Focus on building relationships with potential investors by providing value upfront before asking them for anything monetary related – this can go far towards building trust and credibility between both parties when marketing for your capital raise.

 

5. Launch with an Announcement and Target Multiple Investors

 

Announce the closing of your last smaller raise and its success when launching your next round. You can create a sense of urgency that will attract investors and help drive interest in your offering. This proven strategy can be rinsed and repeated as often as needed (though it can be overdone, and your audience will eventually catch on that this isn’t really the last chance to invest). Another way to maximize your chances for success when raising capital online is to target multiple investor types. While it’s important to target self-directed investors online, you can also retain marketing partners to reach out to family offices and institutional investors. By targeting multiple investor types simultaneously, you’ll improve your chances of raising more capital.

 

6. Focus on Marketing and Platforms

 

It is essential to have a well-structured marketing plan. That will help you reach your target audience and create awareness of your offering. It’s also important to focus on choosing the right platform for your capital-raising efforts. Consider your capital-raising goals, the platform you plan to use to meet those goals, and the availability of resources to help you achieve success. Will your campaign primarily use affinity marketing? Or will you utilize tools such as advertising, email campaigns, and social media?

 

7. Get a Valuation Report and a Securities Attorney

 

During the process of raising capital online, understand the value of your assets and make sure that you are compliant with security laws. A 3rd-party valuation report can give you a better understanding of your company’s worth and help inform investors about its potential. These reports are available from many reputable firms, and retaining one can help you to make a more convincing case for the worth of your company. It is also essential to hire a securities attorney to ensure you comply with JOBS Act exemptions. Without a lawyer experienced in securities law on your side, you could be risking legal violations and hefty fines.

 

Seeking Opportunities in Times of Crisis

The collapse of Silicon Valley Bank has sent shockwaves through the financial sector, sending bank stocks plummeting, heightening stresses, and leaving many people with feelings of anxiety and uncertainty about the future. However, amidst this chaos lies a unique opportunity to innovate and create jobs, which can stand as a shining message of hope. We see this as a time for ingenuity and entrepreneurial spirit to uncover a unique solution to this crisis and serve as the spark that sets off further development in the sector. This blog will discuss how opportunity and crisis are closely linked, showcasing the potential for businesses to use this moment of disruption as a chance for growth and renewal.

The Innovation Opportunity

 

When crises arise, they can often be overwhelming and unsettling. But, in times like these also lies a unique opportunity for entrepreneurs to shine, by innovating solutions that meet the challenges of the moment. This is an opportune time for businesses to:

 

  • Make a meaningful difference.
  • Find creative solutions to problems.
  • Identify new markets for their services.
  • Develop products that can meet the unique needs of those affected by this crisis.
  • Offer creative solutions that can help bring stability and growth back to the sector.

 

When businesses take advantage of these types of opportunities, it can result in job growth and increased economic activity. But, to take advantage of this opportunity, companies need access to capital that can fund innovation and job creation. Fortunately, RegA+ and RegCF exist to fund businesses. And because retail investors can make investments into companies through these JOBS Act exemptions, it provides companies a source of capital even if there is decreased venture capital or private equity activity.

 

Raising Capital During a Crisis

 

In times of crisis and disruption, finding capital can also be difficult. This is especially true for start-ups that do not have access to the same resources as large businesses. Fortunately, there is a range of ways that companies can raise capital, such as through RegA+, and RegCF

 

Through RegA+, companies can raise up to $75 million from both accredited and nonaccredited investors. And since it offers companies the ability to turn current customers into investors and brand ambassadors, the exemption can bring a company tremendous value and help to grow the business. A Reg A raise is excellent for companies that have a wide customer base or need to raise a large amount of capital.

 

Like RegA+, RegCF allows both accredited and nonaccredited investors to invest in the offering. However, offerings are limited to a maximum of $5 million per year. Compared to other regulations, Reg CF is one of the most popular due to its lower cost and ease of implementation. 

 

These options offer companies a way to raise capital to fund innovation, job growth, and other related activities when traditional means might be less available.

 

The collapse of Silicon Valley Bank has sent shockwaves throughout the financial sector. But despite times of crisis like this, entrepreneurs can find unique solutions and opportunities to innovate, create new jobs, and make a meaningful difference. By seeking creative solutions that are tailored to the unique needs of those affected by this crisis, entrepreneurs have the potential to help bring stability and growth back to the sector. In addition, through access to capital through the JOBS Act, businesses can have the resources necessary to fund their growth during a time of disruption. All-in-all, the opportunity is closely linked with times of crisis, providing companies and entrepreneurs with a unique chance for growth and renewal.

Addressing the Decrease in VC Funding to Women-Led Startups

In recent years, the number of female entrepreneurs has grown exponentially. Many women have decided to turn their business ideas into reality. Others have leveraged the resources available to expand an existing business. Despite data suggesting that female-led startups outperform male-led startups, studies have shown that women-led startups only received 1.9% or around $4.5 billion of the total venture capital allocated in 2022, a startling statistic when $238.3 billion was raised from VC investments according to PitchBook, a decline from 2.4% the previous year. The gender gap in VC funding to women-led startups has become more pronounced.

 

What are the Causes of this Gender Gap?

 

Various factors cause the gender gap in venture capital (VC) funding, but most importantly it’s due to an overall lack of access to resources, networks, and mentors that can help female entrepreneurs succeed. Male investors dominate most venture capital firms, making it difficult for women to receive funding. Furthermore, women are not as well-represented in the technology industry. That is a key factor in obtaining VC investments due to the high growth potential of tech companies.

 

How Does This Affect Female Entrepreneurs?

 

The gender gap in VC funding can have a huge negative impact on the success of female entrepreneurs. Without adequate startup capital, developing a successful business and scaling it to profitability is difficult. This is especially true compared to male-led startups that receive more access to resources that can help foster growth.  And it’s a vicious circle. Less investment in woman-run companies makes it harder for them to succeed, which feeds the perception that they’re not good investments. With a drop in the female-owned businesses in VC funds, alternative means of capital raising like RegA+ and RegCF offer female entrepreneurs a chance to access the capital they need.

 

The Benefits of Alternative Capital Raising Options for Women-led Startups

 

With VC funding becoming increasingly difficult to attain, there are other options that female entrepreneurs can tap into to secure the resources needed for their companies. RegA+ and RegCF offer two alternatives that allow private companies to raise capital through more accessible means.

 

Regulation A+ is a type of private offering, exempt from SEC reporting requirements, that allows companies to raise up to $75 million from accredited and non-accredited investors. This makes it an attractive option for female entrepreneurs looking for significant sources of capital. Regulation Crowdfunding allows companies to raise up to $5 million from both accredited and non-accredited investors as well. The main advantage of this type of capital raising is that it is typically more cost-effective than a RegA+ raise. For early-stage companies, it is the ideal option.

 

What Can Female Entrepreneurs Do To Combat this Gender Gap?

 

The best way for female entrepreneurs to fight the gender gap in VC funding is by taking advantage of alternative capital-raising options. By utilizing RegA+ and RegCF, female entrepreneurs gain access to much-needed resources to launch their businesses and scale them. Additionally, female entrepreneurs need to continue networking with potential investors and other entrepreneurs to build their own trust networks. By leveraging the power of these networks, female entrepreneurs can gain access to capital from a diverse pool of investors.

Overall, the gender gap in venture capital funding is an issue that needs to be addressed and overcome by women-led companies. Regulation A+ and Regulation Crowdfunding offer two viable solutions for female entrepreneurs to gain access to the resources they need.

To sum up: With these capital-raising options, female entrepreneurs can take their businesses to the next level.

How Do I Know if My Cap Table is Ready?

A cap table (short for capitalization table) is essential for any company looking to raise capital. It provides a detailed breakdown of the equity owned by shareholders, enabling founders to understand how their offerings will be impacted and make sound decisions regarding their finances. When properly managed, cap tables help potential investors feel confident in their investments as they provide a clear picture of the company’s ownership. As such, understanding your cap table and ensuring it is up to date is important when assessing if your company is ready to move forward with fundraising efforts.

 

Must-Haves for Proper Cap Table Management

 

When it comes to cap table management, remember to include this elements:

 

  • Voting rights
  • Share issuance
  • Past and current shareholders
  • List any future projections for additional capital raises or dilution
  • Track all options grants, vesting schedules, and related information
  • The amount of money each shareholder has invested in the company
  • Include details about convertible notes, warrants, and other debt instruments
  • Clearly list all shareholders, their ownership percentages, and the date of their investments

 

All of the above must be taken into consideration and recorded accurately to ensure proper cap table management. With these basics accounted for, founders can feel confident that their cap table contains the necessary information so they can be ready to raise capital. Still, some dos and don’ts should also be observed to ensure the best possible outcome for organizations raising capital.

 

Cap Table Dos: 

 

  • Ensure that all information is readily available in an easy-to-understand way
  • Maintain accurate and up-to-date information
  • Take into account dilution from future funding rounds, options pools, and performance issues

 

Cap Table Don’ts 

 

  • Overlooking the potential for dilution when raising capital
  • Failing to update it when new shareholders invest
  • Hesitating to consult a legal or financial advisor with any questions that arise
  • Neglecting the importance of understanding the cap table and its implications

 

By following these dos and don’ts, organizations can avoid potential pitfalls in the capital raising process and ensure an efficient, effective raise for all involved parties. A well-maintained cap table ensures transparency between investors, founders, and shareholders.

 

Best Practices for Managing a Cap Table

 

Though having a comprehensive cap table is vital, keeping it updated and organized requires consistent effort. To ensure your cap table remains accurate, it’s essential to follow the best practices for managing a cap table, including:

 

  • Updating the tables regularly as new investments come in or out
  • Keeping multiple copies of the tables in both digital and physical form
  • Storing the cap table in a secure location with proper backups for redundancy
  • Utilizing a FINRA broker-deal with knowledge of and experience handling cap tables for JOBS Act raises
  • Monitoring new regulations and laws to ensure the cap table is compliant with all applicable standards

 

By following these best practices for managing a cap table, companies can ensure accuracy, transparency, and compliance when looking to benefit from raising capital. It will also give investors confidence that they have all the information they need to make informed decisions.

Who Does Due Diligence on Companies using RegA+?

Due diligence is an essential part of the investment process. Especially following the passage of the JOBS Act in 2012, which expanded Regulation A+ (RegA+), companies now have additional opportunities to seek capital from investors. This has created a need for due diligence on these companies that is both thorough and efficient. In this blog post, we will discuss who does due diligence on companies using RegA+ and who does due diligence on companies using RegA+.

 

What Is Due Diligence?

 

The Securities Act of 1933, a result of the stock market crash years earlier, introduced due diligence as a common practice. The purpose of the act was to create transparency into the financial statements of companies and protect investors from fraud. While the SEC requires the information provided to be accurate, it does not make any guarantees of its accuracy. However, the Securities Act of 1933 for the first time allowed investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments.  

 

In the context of raising capital through RegA+, due diligence means that the issuer has provided all of the necessary information to investors and securities regulators so that they comply with securities laws. This may include information like:

 

  • Funding: The issuer should provide a detailed plan of how the money raised through RegA+ will be used.
  • Products/Services: The issuer should provide a clear description of their products and services, as well as any potential advantages that they may have over the competition.
  • Business Plan: The issuer should provide a detailed and comprehensive business plan outlining their current and future projects, as well as realistic projections based on their financial reports.
  • Management Team: The issuer should disclose information about the company’s officers, founders, board members, and any previous experience in business that may be relevant to investors.

 

Issuers should also use a registered broker-dealer as an intermediary to comply with Regulation A+ (RegA+). By doing this, they will ensure that they are meeting their due diligence requirements.

 

Who Is Responsible for Doing Due Diligence on companies using RegA+?

 

When it comes to due diligence for companies using RegA+, typically, the issuer’s FINRA Broker-Dealer is responsible for conducting due diligence both on the potential investors and the company itself. The broker-dealer will be required to perform regulatory checks on investors such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability to ensure investors are appropriate for the company. Additionally, they will perform due diligence on the issuer so that they can be assured that the company is operating in a manner compliant with securities laws so that they do not present false information to investors. Failing to meet compliance standards can result in the issuer being left responsible for severe penalties, such as returning all money raised to investors. 

 

However, both investors and issuers have a responsibility for due diligence as well. Investors should research the company thoroughly and make sure they understand all details surrounding the offering before investing their money. This includes reviewing all relevant documents, such as the offering circular, stock subscription agreements, and other related materials that give them a good understanding of the investment opportunity and its potential risks.

 

Issuers also contribute to due diligence as they must work with their FINRA Broker-Dealer to ensure that their offering is compliant with all laws and regulations. This includes verifying all information provided in the offering materials and making sure it meets regulatory requirements. The issuer must also disclose all information that could influence an investor’s decision to purchase the securities. 

 

Due diligence is essential for both investors and issuers when it comes to investments under Regulation A+ (RegA+). Ensure that thorough due diligence is conducted ensures that the offering is conducted in a manner that aligns with the best interests of both investors and the issuer. Ultimately, due diligence is a key component when it comes to investments under Regulation A+ (RegA+) and should not be overlooked.

 

Why Use RegCF for Real Estate?

Companies in the real estate industry have a variety of financing options available for their projects, but one that is often overlooked is the use of Regulation Crowdfunding (Reg CF). Equity crowdfunding is becoming an increasingly popular tool among companies due to its potential to provide access to potentially high-yielding investments and the ability to offer new ways for investors to diversify their portfolios. 

 

What is Reg CF for Real Estate?

 

Reg CF is a type of equity crowdfunding that allows companies to raise capital from everyday individuals, not just accredited investors. Unlike traditional real estate investments, the price tag for Reg CF investments is much smaller, making it more appealing to a wide range of investors. Companies can sell securities such as stocks or debt instruments in exchange for investor funds. For real estate, this can be done in various ways such as selling shares in a real estate investment trust (REIT), selling property-specific investments, or launching a syndication.

 

Benefits of Reg CF for Real Estate

 

Using regulation CF for real estate offers a wide range of benefits to both investors and issuers that may not be readily available with other forms of capital raising. These benefits include:

 

It Can Provide Access to High-Yielding Investment Opportunities: Real estate investments can offer higher returns than traditional stocks and bonds, with an average annual return of 12.9% according to a study by the Cambridge Centre for Alternative Finance in 2017. By using Reg CF, investors can tap into this high-potential market and issuers can access the capital to fund their real estate projects.

 

It Offers a More Diverse Investment Portfolio: Real estate equity crowdfunding allows investors to invest in specific projects or properties, rather than having to invest in an entire REIT or development company. This provides more control and transparency for the investor as they can see exactly where their money is going.

 

It Can Offer Lower Investment Requirements: When using Reg CF, the minimum investment is typically much lower than traditional real estate investments, meaning that anyone can invest as little or as much as they want in a given project. This makes it easier for companies to attract a larger pool of potential investors and increase their chances of successfully raising the necessary funds.

 

It Can Help Facilitate Market Research: When using Reg CF, issuers must provide investors with all the information they need to make an informed decision, in-depth market research included. This can increase investor confidence in the project and potentially lead to higher returns for real estate agents.

 

Reg CF is an effective tool in the real estate space, allowing companies to access capital quickly and easily from a wide range of potential investors. As the popularity of crowdfunding continues to grow, it is becoming increasingly important for companies in the real estate space to understand how Reg CF works and how it can be used in conjunction with other financing methods to maximize their fundraising efforts.

Looking Ahead at the Growth of Private Equity

As a market now worth millions of dollars on a global scale, the history of private equity dates back to the early 1900s when J.P. Morgan purchased the Carnegie Steel Corporation. Since then, the industry has seen tremendous growth, especially as the global economic climate continues to develop. Over the next four years, analysts predict that the global private equity market will grow by $734.93 billion between 2022 to 2027, a CAGR of 9.32%. 

 

Much of this growth is being driven by many factors. One of the most important factors is the increasing number of high-net-worth individuals on a global scale. High-net-worth individuals are defined as people with net investable assets amounting to more than $1 million. Because of this wealth, they are key players in private equity investments. Based on a report published by Boston Consulting Group, its projections show that capital commitments to private equity funds from these wealthy individuals will grow at a CAGR of 19% to reach $1.2 trillion by 2025 and account for over 10% of all capital raised by private equity funds.

 

The rise in private equity deals is another major driver of the market. Strategic alliances between companies are becoming more common, allowing them to access resources they otherwise would not be able to gain access to on their own. For example, Blackstone recently partnered with Thomson Reuters to carve out its financial and risk business into a USD 20 billion strategic venture. 

 

Despite the various drivers of market growth, there are a few challenges that could impact the future development of the private equity market, such as transaction risks and liquidity. This concern primarily arises in transactions between companies from two different countries. Transaction risk can lead to losses when the currency rate changes before transactions are completed, as well as through delays or defaults in payments due to foreign exchange controls or political instability in certain countries. Additionally, low liquidity levels of private equity assets could hinder investments in private equity, as investors require more liquidity to invest in other assets.

 

Overall, the private equity market is expected to experience moderate growth over the next five years. This growth will be driven by factors such as an increasing number of HNWIs investing in private equity and a rise in strategic alliances between companies. However, some challenges could impede this future development including transaction risks associated with international transactions and low liquidity levels of assets. Despite these potential issues, global private equity investments will likely increase between 2023 and 2027 due to economic recovery and businesses seeking new investments. 

What You Need to Know About Cap Table Management

More than a simple spreadsheet, a cap table (short for capitalization table) records detailed data regarding the equity owned by shareholders. When it comes to raising capital, your cap table will help you make sound decisions regarding your offering. So, what exactly is cap table management?

 

A clear and well-managed cap table paints a detailed picture of exactly who owns what in the company. Whether a founder is looking to raise additional capital or offer incentives to employees, a correctly-managed cap table will show the exact breakdown of shares, digital securities, options, warrants, loans, SAFE, Debenture, etc. This information enables founders to understand how equity distribution is impacted by business decisions.

 

Proper cap table management ensures that all transactions are accounted for and that potential investors are easily able to see the equity structure during funding rounds. Founders are also able to better negotiate the terms of a deal when they have the entire picture of their company’s structure available for reference. Without a cap table, companies can face challenges when it comes to raising capital, due to a lack of transparency in the ownership of the company.

 

But, it’s not enough to simply have a cap table. Once created, it must be maintained properly and updated each time an equity-based transaction is conducted. In the early stages of the company, the cap table will be relatively simple to manage but as rounds of funding progress, it becomes more complex as shares are distributed amongst investors and employees. Some of the key features of a well-managed cap table management include: 

 

  • Records the voting rights of each shareholder.
  • Documents when shares are issued and diluted.
  • Keeps track of all equity holders, past and present.
  • Records who owns what percentage of the company.
  • Increases transparency among shareholders and investors.
  • Enables quicker and more efficient transactions due to up-to-date information.
  • Shows how much money each shareholder has invested in the company.

 

While simple cap tables can be created in programs such as Excel, a cap table management software may provide a better solution as it becomes more complex.  As part of its all-in-one platform, KoreConX provides companies with the tools to properly record every transaction in their cap table. Encouraging transparency of shareholders, every type of security (including digital securities, shares, options, warrants, loans, SAFEs, and Debentures) that may be offered is accounted for and kept up to date as deals occur. By maintaining transparent records, companies can benefit from both shorter transaction times and expedited due diligence.

 

With an understanding of the importance of keeping a properly managed cap table, founders can arm themselves with the ability to make well-informed business decisions. Detailed insight into a company’s financial structure allows potential investors to feel confident in their investments, secure with the knowledge that their share is accurately accounted for. Even if the task of creating a cap table may seem daunting, it is simplified with a cap table management software so that everyone is on the same page.  

How Does Technology Improve Transparency and Sustainability?

Technology has significantly impacted many different aspects of our lives, and the world of capital raising is no exception. With the help of technology, we can more efficiently raise capital and improve transparency and sustainability in the process. Here is a closer look at how technology is helping to improve transparency and sustainability in the world of capital raising and investment:

 

Improving Transparency

 

One of the biggest ways technology improves transparency in capital raising is by providing more information to investors. In the past, it was often difficult for investors to get a clear picture of where their money was going and how it was being used. However, thanks to technology, there are now a number of platforms and tools that provide investors with real-time updates and insights into how their money is being used. This increased transparency gives investors more confidence in the process and helps build trust between them and the companies they invest in.

 

Another way that technology is improving transparency is by making it easier for companies to comply with regulations. In the past, companies often had to spend a lot of time and money on compliance, which could cut into their profits. However, thanks to the advent of compliance automation, companies can now more easily and efficiently comply with regulations, which frees up more time and resources to focus on other areas of their business.

 

Improving Sustainability

 

In addition to improving transparency, technology is also helping to improve sustainability in the world of capital raising. One of the biggest ways technology does this is by making it easier for companies to access alternative funding sources. In the past, companies often had to rely on traditional funding sources, such as banks and venture capitalists. However, thanks to JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+ and Reg CF, companies can now more easily raise capital from a wider pool of investors, including regular people. This not only helps to improve the sustainability of businesses but also helps to create more opportunities for people to invest in the companies they believe in while having customers that not only help you raise capital but can be seen as brand ambassadors.

 

Another way that technology is improving sustainability in capital raising is by making it easier for companies to track their progress and impact. In the past, it was often difficult for companies to track their progress and impact due to a lack of data. However, thanks to technology, companies can now more efficiently collect and track data related to their business. This data can then be used to help improve companies’ sustainability by helping them track their progress and make necessary adjustments. 

 

Thanks to technology, we can raise capital more efficiently and create more opportunities for people to invest in the companies they believe in while improving transparency and sustainability. This means more confidence in the process and trust between investors and the companies they are investing in. For businesses, this means more time and resources to focus on other areas of their business. And for the world, this means a more sustainable future where anyone can invest in the companies they believe in.

 

What are the Differences Between Regulations A, CF, D, and S?

When it comes to raising capital, there are various ways you can raise money from investors. And while they all have their own specific compliance requirements, they all share one common goal: to protect investors while still providing them with opportunities to invest in private companies. Let’s look at the four most popular types of equity crowdfunding; through Regulation A, CF, D, or S. 

 

Regulation A+

 

Offering size per year: Up to $75 million

Number of investors allowed: Unlimited, as long as the issuer meets certain conditions.

Type of investor allowed: Both accredited and non-accredited investors.

SEC qualification required: Reg A+ offerings must be qualified by the SEC and certain state securities regulators and must also file a “Form 1-A”. Audited financials are required for Tier II offerings.

 

This type of crowdfunding is popular because it allows companies to raise up to $75 million per year in capital and is open to accredited and non-accredited investors. Offering the ability to turn current customers into investors and brand ambassadors (like several JOBS Act regulations promote) can bring a company tremendous value and help to grow the business. A Reg A raise is excellent for companies that have a wide customer base or need to raise a large amount of capital. Compared to other regulations, Reg A+ is a bit more complex and time-consuming to implement. Yet, it still offers a great deal of potential with the ability to market the offering to a wide pool of potential investors.

 

Regulation CF

 

Offering size per year: $5 million

Number of investors allowed: Unlimited, as long as the issuer meets certain conditions.

Type of investor allowed: Both accredited and non-accredited investors

SEC qualification required: The offering must be conducted on either an SEC-registered crowdfunding platform or through a registered broker-dealer. Audited financials are required for companies looking to raise more than $1,235,000. Companies must fill out a “Form C.”

 

Compared to other regulations, Reg CF is one of the most popular due to its lower cost and ease of implementation. Regulation CF offers companies the ability to raise up to $5 million per year and allows accredited and non-accredited investors to invest in the company. Companies that need a smaller sum of capital while still leveraging the power of marketing can benefit from utilizing this type of regulation. 

 

Regulation D

 

Offering size per year: Unlimited

Number of investors allowed: 2000

Type of investor allowed: Primarily accredited investors, with non-accredited investors only allowed for 506(b) offerings.

SEC qualification required: Reg D offerings do not need to be registered with the SEC but must still meet certain filing and disclosure requirements.

 

A Reg D offering must follow either Rule 506(b) or 506(c). Both allow up to 2000 investors but differ slightly in that 506(b) offerings allow up to 35 non-accredited investors. Additionally, 506(b) offerings do not permit general solicitation. This means that companies will have to rely on their own network of investors to reach their goals. While this type of offering is more restrictive than others, it can be attractive to companies that need a smaller sum of capital and have access to a network of accredited investors. 

 

Regulation S

 

Offering size per year: Unlimited

Number of investors allowed: 2000

Type of investor allowed: Foreign (non-US) accredited and non-accredited investors

SEC approval/qualification required: Reg S offerings are not subject to SEC rules, but they must follow the securities laws in the countries issuers seek investors from.

 

An excellent complement to Reg D, Reg S allows companies to raise capital from foreign and non-U.S. investors. This regulation was made for big deals, allowing companies to reach a larger and more diverse pool of investors. Reg S is great for companies looking to raise a large amount of capital or to break into foreign markets. Issuers must be careful not to make the terms of the offerings available to US-based people.

 

Depending on the size of your offering, the number of investors you’re looking to attract, and the type of investor you want, one regulation may be better suited for your needs than another. Still, it is important to consult with a professional when making these decisions to ensure that you meet all necessary compliance requirements.

How Much Can I Invest in a Company with RegCF?

As Regulation Crowdfunding offerings continue to grow in popularity, more and more investors are looking to get involved. RegCF gives investors the ability to invest smaller amounts of money into early-stage companies as non-accredited investors. This is why investors put $1.1 billion into RegCF offerings in 2021 and this is predicted to double in 2022. But what exactly is Regulation Crowdfunding? And how much can you invest in a RegCF offering?

 

Why Invest in RegCF?

Reg CF allows you to invest in some of the newest and most innovative companies. This is because early-stage startups often have a difficult time accessing traditional forms of funding, such as venture capital. Other offerings have fairly large minimum investment amounts, which non-accredited investors might have trouble affording (since this prime directive of investing is never to invest more than you can afford to lose). This traditional approach to capital raising meant that only wealthy investors could afford to participate.

 

Since RegCF is specifically set up around the crowdfunding paradigm, the minimum investment amount is more affordable to more people. This is why in 2021 over 540,000 investors put their money into over 1,500 Reg CF offerings, double the number of offerings in 2019 and 2020 combined. This showcases the clear and continued interest in this type of investment from the public.

 

Investing in a RegCF Raise

Regulation Crowdfunding is a process through which companies can offer and sell securities to the general public. This process was created by the JOBS Act, and it allows companies to raise up to $5 million per year from non-accredited investors. So what does this mean for investors? Well, basically, it means that you have the opportunity to invest in some of the newest and most exciting startups, even if you’re not an accredited investor. And while you can’t sell your shares for the first year, there are several other benefits of investing in a RegCF company, but you must be aware of how much you can invest before doing so. Because of the inherent risk of investing, the SEC has placed limits on how much nonaccredited investors can invest within any 12-month period.

 

In a 12-month period, nonaccredited investors are limited in the amount they can invest in a RegCF offering. This limit is based on the investor’s annual income or net worth, whichever is greater. If an investor’s annual income or net worth is less than $124,000, then the investor can invest up to the greater of $2,500 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. If both an investor’s annual income and net worth are more than $124,000, then the investor can invest up to 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greater. However, the total amount invested in RegCF offerings during a 12-month period cannot exceed $124,000.

 

Accredited investors have no limit to how much they can invest in RegCF offerings and are defined as individuals that meet at least one of the following criteria:

  • Annual income greater than $200,000 (or $300,000 with a spouse or spousal equivalent);
  • Net worth of over $1 million (with or without a spouse and excluding the value of the individual’s primary residence);
  • OR holds certain professional certifications, designations, or credentials in good standing, including a Series 7, 65, or 82 license.

 

Calculating Net Worth

To determine how much an individual can invest in securities through crowdfunding, it is vital to understand how Regulation Crowdfunding defines net worth. There are a few ways to calculate net worth, but the most common is to add up all your assets and subtract all your liabilities, according to the SEC. The value of an individual’s primary residence is not included in the calculation of their net worth, and neither is any loan against the residence up to its fair market value. Any increase in the loan amount in the 60 days before the purchase of securities will also be disregarded, to prevent artificially inflated net worth.

 

For joint calculations, you can also determine your combined net worth or annual income by adding your spouse’s income and assets to the calculation, even if the assets are not owned jointly. In these cases, the maximum investment cannot exceed that of an individual with the same net worth. 

 

Once you understand how much you can invest, the only thing left is to do your due diligence! You’ll want to review the provided disclosures so that you can get the full picture of the investment’s risk to ensure it aligns with your level of risk tolerance. 

How Does Tech Allow People to Make Smaller Investments?

The world of technology has completely revolutionized the way we view investments–no longer do people need to invest large sums of money to have access to incredible investment opportunities. Through the use of online platforms and computerized transactions, people can now make smaller investments that still have the potential to provide generous returns. This change has made it possible for more people to invest in the private market and other forms of capital, thus democratizing the process and giving more people a chance to participate in the economy.

 

Making Investments Accessible

 

In the past, making investments usually required working with a financial advisor and entailed putting down large sums of money. This often puts investing out of reach for the average person. However, with the advent of online platforms, virtually anyone can now get started in investing with relatively little money. For example, Acorns is an app that rounds up your credit or debit card purchases to the nearest dollar and then invests that spare change into a portfolio of ETFs. In this way, users can invest without even realizing it, while simply making purchases as they normally would. This convenience is one of the main reasons why investing has become more popular in recent years. And, with JOBS Act regulations, nonaccredited investors can use technology to pool their money and invest in startups that were only accessible to the wealthy.

 

While VCs have been known to invest large sums of money into startups, there are now platforms that allow nonaccredited investors to get in on the action with as little as $100. This is made possible through the use of crowdfunding platforms such as WeFunder and Republic. These platforms give everyone a chance to support the businesses they believe in and potentially make a profit from their investment. 

 

Technology has also made it easier for people to keep track of their investments and monitor their portfolios. In the past, people had to rely on paper statements and manual calculations to track their progress. Now, numerous apps and websites offer real-time data and analysis of an investment portfolio. This makes it easy for investors to stay on top of their finances and make well-informed decisions about where to allocate their money.

 

A Technology-Driven Evolution

 

It is clear that technology has completely changed the landscape of investing. No longer do people need to have a lot of money to get started. With the click of a button, anyone can now invest in the stock market or support their favorite businesses through crowdfunding. This accessibility has democratized the process of making investments and given more people the opportunity to participate in the economy. In the past, only those with a lot of money could afford to invest. However, thanks to technology, that is no longer the case.

 

The changes that have been brought about by technology are sure to revolutionize the way we think about investments in the years to come even more than they have already. This not only benefits the common person who wants to invest their money but also smaller organizations and startups looking to raise capital. Through acts like Reg CF and Reg A+, businesses now have a better chance than ever before to get the funding they need from a wider pool of potential investors that are accredited and nonaccredited alike. This is all thanks to the power of technology and its ability to connect people from all over the world.

 

Thanks to technology, making investments has become more convenient and accessible than ever before. Whether you’re looking to invest a small amount of spare change or put together a portfolio of startups, there’s an online platform that can help you do it. This change from the past has democratized investing and given more people the opportunity to participate in the economy. In the years to come, we can only expect this trend to continue as technology continues to evolve.

 

Over the Next Five Years, the Private Capital Market is Expected to Double

Over the past decade, fiscal stimulus and opportunities for liquidity have caused a surge within the private capital markets. Even though this year’s outlook is challenged by increasing borrowing costs and economies cooling, London-based research firm Preqin forecasts that the industry’s global assets under management will double to $18.3 trillion by the end of 2027, from $9.3 trillion currently. The study highlights how investors desire to seek alternative investment types in an economic environment characterized by uncertainties. While the first half of 2022 did see a fundraising drop in private capital by $337 billion from $495 billion in the same period last year. However, by 2023, private capital fundraising is expected to return to 2019 levels as the growing trend of private capital continues.

 

Private equity fundraising hit a record $561 billion in 2021, with North America leading the way, followed by Asia-Pacific and Europe, according to Preqin. According to McKinsey North America had about a 22% growth in private capital markets, compared to Europe with 17% and Asia with 13%. This means that for investors and companies raising capital, the US is a more attractive market than Europe and Asia and is a great place to market your private capital offering, notably through JOBS Act regulations like Reg A+ and Reg CF. 

 

Private markets have been able to continue to grow during this pandemic because of the growth in digitalization and the internet. This has allowed for a decrease in face-to-face interactions, which has made it easier for managers to connect with LPs, as well as an increase in online tools and resources. For example, many fund managers have started using online data rooms, which allow investors to access documents and due diligence materials remotely. In addition, online investor portals have become more popular, providing LPs with 24/7 access to information on their portfolios.

 

The study found that the average private equity fund size has increased over the past decade, while the number of first-time funds has declined. The report attributes this to the “maturing” of the industry and the rise of large institutional investors, which have become an increasingly important source of private capital. Institutional investors, such as pension funds, insurance companies, and endowments, are allocating more of their portfolios to private capital as they seek higher returns. Private markets have outperformed traditional public markets in recent years, but that outperformance is expected to moderate over the next decade. Preqin’s study predicts that private equity returns will net 7.6 percent annually between 2018 and 2027, compared to 6.4 percent for public markets.

 

According to Preqin, the interest in impact investing has also increased in recent years. The firm estimates that there are now more than 3,000 impact funds globally, with assets under management totaling $228 billion. In particular, environmental, social, and governance (ESG) considerations are becoming increasingly important to private capital investors. A majority of private capital firms say that they consider ESG factors when making investment decisions, and almost half of firms say that they have adopted policies or strategies specifically focused on impact investing. As the private capital markets continue to grow, firms need to consider how they can best position themselves to capitalize on this growth.

 

The private capital markets are expected to continue growing in the coming years, presenting a unique opportunity for raising capital. In addition, the growth of the private capital markets may lead to more regulation, as policymakers seek to mitigate risk and protect investors. Overall, the study provides a positive outlook for the private capital markets. For firms looking to take advantage of this growth, it’s vital to consider how they can best position themselves to capitalize on these opportunities. For investors, this means considering which private capital investment opportunities offer the best potential returns. But regardless of how the private capital markets evolve, one thing is clear: they are likely to play an increasingly important role in the global economy.

Cannabis Consumers’ Home Growth Increases Worldwide

As marijuana becomes increasingly legalized all over the world, an interesting trend is developing–an increase in the home-growing of the plant. This can be seen in the US, Canada, and Europe, with more people taking up this activity to ensure they have access to safe, high-quality cannabis, especially in more rural areas where access to dispensaries is limited. Keep reading to learn about what the rise in homegrown means for the global cannabis industry.

 

Global Home-growing Trends

 

Cannabis consumers are growing their own plants at home more frequently worldwide, as laws surrounding cannabis production and consumption continue to change. In Luxembourg, people 18 years or older will now be allowed to grow up to four cannabis plants in their homes, making it the third country in the world to legalize this activity, after Uruguay and Canada. This new legislation is intended to address the problem of drug-related crime by introducing fundamental changes in Luxembourg’s approach to recreational cannabis use.

 

The decision by the small but financially powerful European country to legalize the production and consumption of the drug is a milestone on the continent, which has been slower to adopt more liberal cannabis laws. Consumption will only be legal within the household, although fines for the possession of a maximum of three grams in public will be reduced considerably from current amounts.

 

In the United States, you can grow cannabis for medical or recreational purposes in 19 states. The rules vary by state, but generally, you are allowed to grow a certain number of plants, and the plants must be at a certain maturity level. For example, in Massachusetts, you are allowed to grow up to six plants, and only three of those plants can be mature. In California, you are allowed to grow up to 25 plants, regardless of maturity level. This increased demand for home growing in the US can be seen because of the numerous benefits it offers. Home-grown cannabis is typically cheaper than store-bought cannabis, and it also allows for more customization and control over the product. With store-bought cannabis, you are at the mercy of the growers and manufacturers, but when you grow your own, you can choose exactly what goes into your product. You can also grow unique strains that may not be available at your local dispensary, just a few reasons why home-grown cannabis has risen in popularity across the globe.

 

In Canada, where recreational cannabis was legalized in 2018, there is a growing trend of cannabis cultivation in people’s homes. This trend can be seen as an effort by consumers to have more control over the quality and price of the product they are buying. In general, when a product is legalized, there is often a surge in demand for that product. The legal status of cannabis has done nothing to slow this trend. As recreational cannabis has become legal in Canada, 10% of the country’s cannabis users grow it at home, according to the National Cannabis Survey (NCS) of 2019. This showcases how there is an increasing demand among cannabis users to be able to grow their own.

 

Creating Business Opportunities

 

With homegrown cannabis becoming more popular, businesses are taking notice and looking for ways to get in on the action. The JOBS Act regulations provide an opportunity for companies to connect with small investors and raise capital through crowdfunding. By using these regulations, companies can crowd-fund their business ventures related to cannabis home-growing. This includes businesses that sell products or services that help people grow cannabis at home or companies that invest in the cannabis home-growing industry.

 

The JOBS Act regulations have been a boon for small businesses and startups, and the cannabis industry is no exception. These regulations have opened up a new avenue of investment for companies involved in the cannabis home-growing industry. By connecting with small investors through crowdfunding, these businesses can raise the capital they need to grow and expand their operations. With global cannabis sales projected to skyrocket, now is the time for businesses to get involved in the home-growing market.

 

Global Cannabis Sales are Projected to Skyrocket

Cannabis has been legalized for both medicinal and recreational use in many states, and this is only expected to increase the demand for the product. Experts believe that the cannabis market will continue to grow as more states legalize it and that by the end of 2026, the global industry will be worth $57 billion. This growth is being driven by many factors, including the changing attitudes towards cannabis, the increasing number of people who are using it for medicinal purposes, and the fact that it is now being sold in more places than ever before.

 

Changing Views on Cannabis Globally

One of the biggest drivers of this growth is the changing attitude towards cannabis. In the past, it was seen as a dangerous drug with no medicinal value. However, over the last few years, there has been a shift in public opinion. More and more people are now beginning to see cannabis as a potential medication, and this is reflected in its legality. In certain states in the US, such as Colorado and Washington, cannabis is now legal for both medicinal and recreational use. This change in attitude is also being seen in other parts of the world. In Canada, cannabis was legalized for medicinal use in 2001, and it became legal for recreational use in 2018. This has had a positive effect on the growth of the industry, as it has made it more socially acceptable. 

 

The changing attitude towards cannabis is not the only factor driving growth; the increasing use of cannabis for medicinal purposes is also having an impact. In the past, cannabis was mostly used to treat pain, but it is now being used to treat a wide range of conditions, such as anxiety, and depression. This is likely because more research is being carried out into the potential medicinal benefits of cannabis. As a result of this research, the number of people using cannabis for medicinal purposes is increasing. In Canada, the number of people with a medical cannabis license increased from just over 5,000 in 2001 to over 300,000 in 2018. This increase is also being seen in other parts of the world, such as Australia and the United States.

 

The final factor driving the growth of the cannabis market is the increasing availability of the product. With cannabis sold in legal dispensaries, this has made it more accessible to people who want to use it, and it has also made it safer, as the product is regulated. In addition, there are now many different types of cannabis products available, which appeals to a wider consumer base.

 

Industry Growth in the US

The growth of cannabis sales in the United States is projected to be a significant contributor to overall global growth. By 2026, US cannabis sales are estimated to reach $42 billion, making up 75% of the global market. This steady growth is attributed to new markets opening in states where cannabis has been legalized for adult use. And, major markets like New Jersey legalized adult use of cannabis this year, and New York is expected to follow, which would bring the number of legal states to 33. These new markets are expected to generate an additional $5 billion in sales by 2026. Medical cannabis sales have also seen a steady increase, although at a slower rate than adult-use sales.

 

Expanding Capital Access for Cannabis Companies

 

Just as the cannabis market is expected to grow, cannabis companies also have the opportunity to take advantage of the growing private capital market. For cannabis companies who often have difficulty seeking traditional funding, there are a growing number of investors looking to invest in private capital through the JOBS Act exemptions, like RegA+ and RegCF. This market is expected to grow to $30 billion by 2030, which gives cannabis companies an excellent opportunity to seek the funding needed to fuel their growth. 

Labor Day: Democratization and Opportunities to Create Jobs

The growth in Regulation A+ and Regulation CF offerings fuels entrepreneurship and job growth in the United States. Since 2016, there have been over 4,600 capital offerings utilizing Reg A+ or CF, with over $500 million raised in 2021 alone. This capital helps companies grow, create jobs, and positively impact their local communities. Crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups successfully using this method.

 

Crowdfunded Capital and Democratization

 

When businesses utilize crowdfunding, they can access a much larger customer base, allowing them to have a more significant impact on their local communities. it is particularly well-suited for getting loyal customers, employees, suppliers, and other stakeholders to become investors in your company. Crowdfunding enables the democratization of the private capital market by giving these parties an opportunity to participate in the investment process, something that has not been practical before with traditional investing. For many companies, this unlocks a powerful opportunity and  42% of raises reach their goal in 3 days. 

 

Creating Job Opportunities

 

With over $1 billion in capital raised through Reg CF at an average of $1.3 million per raise, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities in the form of spending and jobs. An estimated $2.5 billion went into local communities from crowdfunded companies in 2021 alone, with money changing hands as much as six times before leaving the local economy. This demonstrates how crowdfunding directly impacts many communities across the country. It brings money to a community by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 industries. That number is expected to grow as the private market continues to expand. 

 

Crowdfunding allows all types of businesses to access the capital they need to grow and create jobs through Reg A+ and Reg CF. Between 2000 and 2019,  small businesses created 10.5 million US jobs, while large companies only created 5.6 million, according to 2020 data from the US Small Business Administration. This highlights the importance of small businesses within the economy. However, many small businesses have not traditionally had the same access to capital as large ones. This changed with the JOBS Act, increasing the availability of capital for these small businesses and leveling the playing field. As these companies continue to receive capital from the JOBS Act exemptions, the economy continues to benefit from the democratization of capital. 

 

It’s not only the number of jobs that are important but also the quality of those positions. Good jobs lead to a better living standard. When people have good jobs, they can afford to make purchases, give their children better access to education, access healthcare whenever needed, and many other positive benefits for these individuals. At the same time, they support businesses within their community, which helps those grow as well. A strong economy also attracts business investment from other parts of the country and the world. All of these factors lead to more jobs, and the cycle continues.

 

Investing in the Future

 

The expansion of crowdfunding presents opportunities for anyone interested in becoming an investor, with a chance to get in on the ground floor of the next big thing, while also supporting businesses and creating jobs. It’s a win-win for everyone involved, and it all starts with the democratization of capital. When you invest in a company through crowdfunding, you can invest in your community. The money that is raised through these offerings stays local, and as the businesses grow, they pump even more money back into the economy.

 

Crowdfunding is an excellent way to support businesses and create jobs, but it’s also a great way to invest in the future. With the industry expected to continue to grow, now is the time to get involved. With opportunities for everyone, from accredited to retail investors, there has never been a better time to get involved in the democratization of capital. So this Labor Day, remember that when you support businesses through crowdfunding, you also help create jobs and create a brighter economic future.

 

Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit Takes Places October 19th-21st in NYC

If you’re an investor, cannabis company, or industry specialist looking to make connections in the legal cannabis industry, the upcoming Arcview Access & Cannabis Investment Summit is not to be missed. Taking place in New York City from October 19th-21st, this event will bring together some of the biggest names in the business for three days of networking and learning. Arcview has been a trusted global leader in the cannabis industry for years, and this event is highly anticipated. This summit offers investors, companies, and entrepreneurs unparalleled access to top regulators and an opportunity to pitch their businesses to a panel of expert judges in hopes of winning investment funding. Attendees can expect two days of engaging main stage content, workshops, and panels on topics such as capital raising, company valuations, and opportunities in the cannabis market. 

 

Arcview serves the hemp and cannabis industry, with a keen focus on investing, education, and networking. Approximately 60% of attendees are expected to be investors in public cannabis companies, private equity funds, accredited individual capital, and more. Another 30% of the audience is expected to be cannabis companies in various niches with company valuations ranging from $2m to $200m, while the rest are expected to be industry specialists. 

 

The cannabis investment summit is an excellent event to attend for many reasons. For starters, it gives investors an opportunity to learn more about the industry and explore potential investment opportunities. Additionally, it’s a great opportunity to network with other like-minded individuals and make connections that could prove to be beneficial down the road. Whether you are in the industry or just looking to invest, this three-day event will have something for you. The event will take place at Convene, located at 45th and Park Ave in Manhattan. It will start with a reception on October 19th and continue into two full days of highly curated content, speeches, and even a field trip.

 

Come network with some of the biggest names in the business, learn from top regulators, or pitch your businesses to a panel of expert judges. If you want to make connections and do business in the legal cannabis industry, this event is for you! You can register now here.

Opportunities to Invest in the Private Capital Market

The private equity market is rapidly growing, fueled by expansions to the JOBS Act exemptions in 2021. By 2030, the private capital market is anticipated to grow to a total value of $30 billion. This is largely driven by more companies seeing the potential in regulated crowdfunding through RegA+ and RegCF, and the rising interest of retail investors looking to move into the private space. Plus, research has shown that there is nearly $5 trillion in uninvested funds held by private equity firms alone. In addition, retail investors now represent 25% of the security trading volume in the public markets, a significant increase from the previous decade. According to BNY Mellon, “a new generation of younger retail investors are purchasing equities with the intention of becoming long-term market participants.” These factors have coalesced to create a favorable environment for investments in the private capital market. 

 

With favorable conditions to invest in public companies, there are many emerging and attractive industries for investors. Some of these include:

 

  • Medtech: Every day, companies are creating lifesaving technologies to improve human health and revolutionize medical care. Medtech companies often require high amounts of capital to fund clinical trials, research and development, and the many other processes they must go through. Since offerings limits for RegA+ were expanded to $75M, Medtech companies are increasingly viewing the exemption as a viable choice for raising capital.

 

  • Cannabis: The cannabis industry is rapidly growing, especially as public perception grows more favorable and legalization at the state level spreads across the US. However, cannabis companies are often underserved by traditional financial institutions due to the illegality at the federal level. With RegCF and RegA+, cannabis companies can tap into a vast market of retail investors who are willing to invest in an evolving industry.

 

  • Real Estate: Traditional real estate investments are capital intensive, making them cost prohibitive for many investors who are not high net worth individuals, private equity, or institutional investors. However, with RegA+ and RegCF, retail investors can own fractions of properties. And in, 2020, insurance, finance, and real estate accounted for 53% of qualified RegA+ offerings and 79% of the funds raised through the exemption. This indicates that real estate is an attractive investment opportunity for many investors. 

 

  • Franchises: JOBS Act exemptions create new opportunities for franchisees and franchisors to raise capital. These companies often have existing customers, who can become investors and brand ambassadors.

 

Regardless of the industry, a key component of any offering is the broker-dealer. Many states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer when selling securities in those states. A broker-dealer ensures that the issuer follows all SEC and state securities laws. More importantly, working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer gives investors confidence by verifying that the issuer has provided all required information for the investors to make a sound investment decision. FINRA protects American investors by ensuring that brokers operate fairly and honestly. Plus, the broker-dealer also completes compliance activities, such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability and due diligence on the issuer themselves. 

 

Working with a broker-dealer ensures that the issuer behaves compliantly and gives the investor peace of mind when investing in one of the many investment opportunities within the private capital market.

 

RegA+ Offers Stability for Issuers

When a company decides to go the RegA+ route, they are opting for a more stable and regulated way to raise capital. This is due in part to the stability of the price; once a company goes public, its stock price can change rapidly and unpredictably because of factors like news, earnings reports, analyst ratings, and supply and demand. By contrast, a RegA+ stock is only allowed to fluctuate within a certain percentage from the original offering price, which makes it a more stable and predictable investment. With a RegA+ offering, the price is set ahead of time and will not change unless there is a significant shift in the market. This makes RegA+ an attractive option for investors looking for a more stable investment.

 

For example, companies that do a RegA+ raise and set their company shares at $5.80 a piece will likely see their shares at a similar price 12 months later. Because shares are unlisted on a public exchange, the share price will stay the same for a while, giving investors some stability in their investment. This stability can be ideal for companies and their shareholders, as it gives them a chance to better plan and predict their finances. 

 

It also gives companies more control over the price of their shares, especially when there are selling shareholders. For example, ATLIS’s stock price went from $5.88 to $15.88 to $27.88 before being listed on the NASDAQ. When companies like this do a Reg A+ before other raises, they can halt and reprice their company before going public. 

 

The stability of RegA+ can be attractive to both companies and investors. It allows for better planning and forecasting of finances and peace of mind knowing that the share price will not rapidly change. This predictability is one of the main reasons why Reg A+ has become such a popular way to raise capital in recent years.

 

If you’re looking for a more stable investment, RegA+ may be the right option for you. With a set price and no sudden changes, you can know what to expect from your investment. This makes it an ideal choice for those looking for a regulated and predictable way to raise capital. Whether you’re a company or an investor, the stability of RegA+ may be just what you’re looking for.

 

The SEC Released its 41st Annual Small Business Forum Report

For 41 years, the Securities and Exchange Commission has hosted its annual Small Business Forum. The event, led by the SEC’s Office of the Advocate for Small Business Capital Formation, aims to gather feedback from both the public and private sectors to improve capital raising and sheds light on many issues facing small businesses and investors to help event participants develop policy recommendations.

 

Highlighting the needs of small businesses within the US is crucial, as they play a vital role in the economy and job creation. Over the past 25 years, 2 out of every 3 jobs created can be attributed to small businesses. These businesses serve as the lifeblood of their communities.

 

Some of the key takeaways from the four-day event included the fact that more entrepreneurs need to be made aware of resources available when raising capital, as many have great ideas, but lack the knowledge and experience to raise capital effectively. This also means expanding access to capital to both underrepresented groups and locations, especially outside of major “tech-hub hotspots.” Additionally, panel discussions highlighted the issues minority entrepreneurs continue to face when seeking traditional funding options, such as venture capital or private equity. These funding methods often rely heavily on networks and connections that exclude many entrepreneurs. 

 

According to sources such as Crowdfund Insider, the Commission has addressed past issues such as democratizing the definition of an accredited investor by empowering a more significant segment of the population to gain access to Reg D private securities offerings. However, other suggestions often face political challenges and regulatory obstacles.

 

Even so, Commissioner Hester Pierce urged the Commission and forum participants to be inspired by the JOBS Act. She also commented: 

 

“Heightening the importance of this year’s Forum is the Commission’s current posture of, at best, indifference, and at times, hostility to facilitating capital formation. As it happens, today is the tenth anniversary of President Obama signing into law the Jumpstart Our Business Startups (JOBS) Act. That bipartisan legislation required the SEC to write rules lessening the burdens on small companies seeking to raise capital. Some of the Act’s provisions were things we could have done on our own. Congress and the President got fed up waiting for the Commission to take small business capital formation seriously.”

 

Additionally, Commissioner Allison Lee remarked:

 

“Many investors are business owners and vice versa. And capital raising and investor protection are not at odds with one another or a zero-sum proposition. Rather, investors need appropriate investment opportunities, and investor protection increases investor confidence, which in turn helps promote capital raising. The relationship between the two is symbiotic and we can and should seek to balance the need for both robust capital raising opportunities and robust investor protection.”

 

Hopefully, seeing how the JOBS Act has expanded capital formation will encourage the SEC to continue the momentum and create more tools and resources to support small businesses. In the meantime, companies should explore existing options and opportunities for capital, such as through the JOBS Act. Small businesses should not wait for the SEC to create more opportunities – they should take advantage of the rules and regulations that are currently in place to raise the capital they need to grow their businesses.

Why RegA+ Offerings Fail

When it comes to RegA+ offerings, there are several reasons they may fail: a failure to comply with regulatory requirements, a failure to budget for the offering properly, or a failure to assemble sufficient expertise. Most of these can be attributed to a lack of commitment; if organizations do not take these necessary components of the process seriously, then RegA+ offerings are set up for failure from the start.

 

Compliance for RegA+ Raises

 

Complying with regulations is one of the most important aspects of a RegA+ offering. However, many companies try to cut corners regarding compliance, thinking they can save time and money. This is a huge mistake that can have disastrous consequences. Not only will failing to comply with regulations result in fines and penalties, but it can also jeopardize the entire offering. When experiencing an audit or investigation, companies that have not been compliant with regulatory requirements often face much harsher consequences than those who have made an effort to stay compliant. Even if the raise completes without fines or penalties from the regulator, sloppy or half-hearted compliance raises the risk of being sued by an investor for some real or imagined offense. By wholeheartedly committing to the spirit and letter of the regulations from day one, and with the assistance of professionals well-versed in the regulatory requirements (a FINRA broker-dealer, an escrow agent, or an SEC-registered transfer agent), you can increase your chances of a successful RegA+ offering while protecting your company from potential legal problems down the road.

 

Budgeting for a RegA+ Raise

 

Budgeting is essential for a successful offering. Companies must have the proper funding to hire professionals, comply with regulations, and market the offering effectively. Without adequate funding, a company is likely to run into problems along the way. A RegA+ raise is a complex and costly undertaking, and companies should be prepared to commit the necessary funding before beginning the process. Including a well-thought-out budget in your business plan is one of the keys to success when raising capital through a RegA+ offering.

 

Affinity Marketing

 

Many companies turning to RegA+ aren’t just looking to raise capital; there’s something they want to do with the capital. Whether this is a product they want to make or a service they want to provide that they’re passionate about, they’re committed to that mission. Affinity marketing is a great way to connect with like-minded investors, show them that commitment, and bring them on board. This is much harder to do if the company isn’t actually committed to that mission in the first place.

 

Technology and Expertise

 

For issuers learning new technologies and working with experts in a field that they don’t know much about, it can be a daunting process. It takes commitment to learn these new technologies or do what the broker-dealer is advising, understanding that this is the path toward a successful offering. If you’re not sufficiently committed, you might just shrug this off as not worth the cost or effort.

 

Companies should take away from this that a successful RegA+ raise requires a commitment to the process from start to finish. Commitment is a willingness to put in whatever it takes to succeed: to invest the time and resources necessary, comply with regulations, budget appropriately for the offering, and assemble a team of experienced professionals. With a commitment to these essential components, a company can increase its chances of success and avoid the pitfalls that have led to the failure of other RegA+ offerings.

 

Potential and Impact of the Cannabis Sector on Jobs Creation

The cannabis sector is growing fast, and with it, the potential for job creation. A recent study shows that the cannabis industry could create and support an additional 1,250,000+ jobs. As legalization spreads, it creates opportunities for all types of workers and the industry as a whole. Plus, as more companies utilize JOBS Act exemptions, the capital to support this growth is readily available.

 

Expected Job Creation Growth in the Cannabis Industry

 

As the cannabis industry continues to grow at an unprecedented rate, the need for qualified employees in all areas of the business increases. Vangst, a leading cannabis recruiting agency, filled over 150,000 positions in 2021 alone. With this level of growth projected to continue into 2022 and beyond, it’s evident that the cannabis sector is a significant player in job creation.

 

To get a better understanding of the employment landscape within the cannabis industry, Vangst surveyed over 1,000 professionals working in the space. The results showed that the majority of employees (34.4%) have less than a year’s experience in cannabis. On the other hand, over 30% have been working in the industry for five years or more, indicating opportunities for both experienced professionals and those just starting in their careers. 

 

According to a job report from Leafly, the legal cannabis industry supports the equivalent of 428,059 full-time jobs and created an average of 280 new jobs a day in 2021. In that year, according to New Frontier, legal cannabis sales reached $26.5 billion for the year, and this is expected to reach $32 billion by the end of 2022. This data also calculated the CAGR of the cannabis industry and expects it to grow 11% between 2020 and 2030 to reach more than $57 billion.

 

What This Means for Employment

 

With the sector experiencing its fifth consecutive year of 27% or more annual job growth, the demand for qualified employees in all business areas, from cultivation and production to sales and marketing, will continue to rise. Plus, with 49% of Americans trying cannabis at some point in their lifetime, it is evident that cannabis use is not going anywhere.  Indeed, consumer cannabis use increased by 50% during the pandemic.

 

The cannabis industry is an exciting and ever-changing field that offers ample opportunities for growth and advancement. Cannabis job creation is not only limited to those working in the plant-touching side of the business. The industry provides opportunities for professionals in a wide range of fields, from accounting and finance to human resources and marketing. This means that job creation will not slow down as the industry crosses over into other markets and types of products, providing a unique opportunity for those looking for a career change or those just starting their professional lives.

 

With its fifth consecutive year of high job growth, the cannabis sector shows no signs of slowing. As cannabis is legalized in more states, the industry’s growth is expected to continue to drive employment, especially as cannabis employment growth rates are quickly surpassing other industries.

 

A $30 Trillion Market in 8 Years: Shari Noonan Speaks with Crowdfund Insider

The private securities market is predicted to grow exponentially in the next decade, with a total value of $30 trillion by 2030. Recently, Shari Noonan, CEO of Rialto Markets spoke to Crowdfund Insider about this remarkable trajectory.

 

There are several reasons we can anticipate this tremendous growth. First, the JOBS Act introduced powerful exemptions to SEC registration, removing or easing many of the administrative barriers that had stood in the way of capital formation. As well, new tools have emerged to help companies seek capital in online capital markets.

 

Plus, these online tools mean that companies now have access to a wider pool of potential investors that had been traditionally unavailable to the private market. On this subject, Shari Noonan said, “Rialto Markets enables not only venture and institutional investing but also retail investing. This diversity can help private companies seeking capital find a wider range of investors, which might mitigate some of the shakiness in the economy.” With traditional forms of investment, reaching niche investors used to be nearly impossible. It’s a different story online because finding niches is a huge part of what the online world is all about. So whether a company is in real estate, ice cream, or electric vehicles, online platforms make it easier to find the right investors who support unique, innovative companies.

 

So far, the interest in investment through JOBS Act exemptions has not slowed down. “We saw a 1,021% increase in equity crowdfunding in 2021 to $113.52 billion, so that level of growth may be difficult to sustain, but it will still be a strong 2022 for the Reg CF and RegA+ investment markets,” added Shari.

 

So, what does this all mean for investors? Well, the private securities market is set to continue growing at a rapid pace, and with the help of companies like Rialto Markets, it’s easier than ever to get involved. And if it’s easier for investors to get involved, then it’s easier for companies to find investors.

 

For players in the private capital market, like Rialto, the mission is to create a fully democratized ecosystem. Shari believes that “​​this enables private companies looking to raise capital to expand their net and reach a much wider and more diverse investor base, providing investors with access to investments at an earlier stage than previously.” 

 

Continued growth will require a robust infrastructure. “We will continue to expand services to bring greater efficiency and scale to the private markets,” said Noonan when asked about Rialto’s plans for the future. This will also include support for new types of securities, and Rialto is already prepared for the expansion of digital securities. Shari points out that “many NFTs are securities that also live natively on a blockchain. The right way forward is to wrap NFTs into the regulatory framework by registering them as Reg CFs or Reg As, then approving and tracking ownership on a next-gen SEC-registered Transfer Agent.” This would allow the industry to test new technologies while adhering to securities laws that protect issuers and investors alike.

 

The private capital market is growing at an incredible rate as issuers increasingly turn to private capital sources for their funding needs and investors explore new types of investments. With so much growth potential ahead, the private capital market is poised to introduce new technologies, efficiencies, and opportunities to the financial world.

 

Examining RegCF Trends

The internet has put financial literacy resources at the tip of our fingers and has done the same for investment opportunities. Whether it’s an app that allows you to buy and sell stock or cryptocurrencies, or a website that allows you to invest in a company that could be the next Uber, Tesla, or SpaceX, the average person now has access to new and exciting ways to invest that never existed before. 

 

The private capital market has been transformed by the JOBS Act and its exemptions, like Regulation CF, that allow companies to raise growth-fueling sums of money from accredited and nonaccredited investors alike. And, with companies now able to raise larger amounts than ever before, Reg CF investments are enjoying increasing popularity. This type of crowdfunding allows entrepreneurs to tap into the wallets of thousands of potential investors, providing not only the capital they need but also new networks, brand ambassadors, and more.

 

While the number of companies raising capital online decreased between 2018 and 2019, this number rebounded substantially since according to data shared by KingsCrowd. Between 2019 and 2020, the number of deals nearly doubled from 541 to 1024. The 2019 decrease could be attributed to multiple factors. One possible reason is that online crowdfunding was still considered a new space at the time, so investors and founders still had their reservations. The increased number of deals in 2020, 2021, and so far throughout 2022, suggests that this hesitation is starting to dissipate. This is supported by the tremendous milestone RegCF reached last year; over $1 billion has been raised through this exemption This could be due to a better understanding of how crowdfunding works or increased confidence in the industry as a whole. Whatever the reason, it’s clear that RegCF is becoming more popular among startups and investors alike.

 

When the COVID-19 pandemic began spreading across the US in the spring of 2020, it crippled and even bankrupted thousands of businesses. However, startups that raised capital with Reg CF didn’t appear to be affected the same way, possibly because of exploding demand in industries like telehealth, med-tech and delivery services, creating urgent new investment opportunities, coupled with large numbers of potential investors suddenly working from home and becoming more exposed to and accepting of online transactions and crowdfunding campaigns. 

 

This trend can also be seen in VC funding, which decreased during 2020 by 9% and 23% for the first quarter and second quarter of the year. The negative effect of the pandemic on VC funding largely impacted female founders more heavily than male founders, with female founders receiving only 2.3% of VC funding in 2020. That drove many founders to seek alternatives, which may explain some of the uptick in crowdfunding deals.

 

2022 is seeing a good flow of new crowdfunding deals as well. We’ve seen 429 new deals in the first quarter, according to KingsCrowd, and this number is only expected to increase as the number of founders and investors who recognize the power of crowdfunding continues to grow. With as little as $100, non-accredited investors can now own a part of a company and support a cause they believe in. This democratizes startup investing like never before.

 

Other trends we’re seeing are an increase in the mean amount raised per deal and a decrease in the median amount raised per deal, suggesting that while the biggest deals are getting bigger, the number of smaller deals is also growing, reflecting more participation by small businesses and small investors This has increased the amount of capital raised through RegCF from $239 million in 2020 to $1.1 billion in 2021, and this number is expected to double by the end of 2022. This means that more money is being funneled into startups and small businesses than ever before.

 

Will we see more startups turn to crowdfunding to compensate for the lack of VC funding? Only time will tell, but we’re excited to see how the rest of the year unfolds for the Reg CF community.

Private Capital Trends for the Cannabis Industry

As the cannabis industry continues to grow, so does the need for new methods of raising capital. Revenues have doubled over the past three years, and the industry is on track to reach $25 billion annually by 2025, or $14.1 billion for CBD alone, but traditional methods such as bank loans and private equity are often unavailable to cannabis businesses, forcing them to turn to the private market for capital. While often more flexible and forgiving than the public market, the private market can be a challenging place to raise capital without the knowledge and experience. 

 

The Constantly Growing Industry of Cannabis

 

The cannabis industry is changing, and new opportunities for entrepreneurs are coming. Thanks to the JOBS Act, businesses in the cannabis industry can now use regulations like A+ and CF to raise capital from the general public. This offers several advantages, particularly the ability to reach a larger pool of investors and thus raise larger sums of money.

 

However, the most significant advantage of Reg A+ is that it allows businesses to retain more control over their company. Traditional methods of raising capital typically require businesses to give up a larger share of their equity. This is especially beneficial for businesses in the cannabis industry, which is still in its early stages and is constantly changing. With Reg A+, companies can raise capital from the general public while avoiding the costly process of going public. With more control over their company, and the ability to avoid costly IPOs, firms in the cannabis industry can better position themselves for success.

 

Investing in the Private Cannabis Market

 

The private market for cannabis investments is growing rapidly as the legalization of cannabis spreads throughout the US. Entrepreneurs are looking to get in on the ground floor of this new industry, and there are several options available to them when it comes to investing in cannabis. 

 

Private CBD companies, such as Stigma Cannabis and UNITY Wellness, are turning to online capital raising to fund their growth. These diverse companies focus on many aspects of the industry, from CBD supplements to CBD skincare products, and represent only two of many companies innovating in this space. Regulations A and CF provide excellent opportunities for these companies and the investors looking to support them. 

 

Getting started as an investor in the rapidly evolving private cannabis industry can be scary, but it’s also an exciting opportunity with many challenges and rewards. You can make the most of this unique opportunity by educating yourself on the process and available resources, and looking for and researching a private cannabis company that resonates with you as an investor. 

 

For cannabis companies looking to raise capital, the process begins by identifying the team that will help you reach your goals, such as experienced securities lawyers, broker-dealers, investor acquisition firms, transfer agents, and other parties critical to your success. However, you should also consider how you can turn customers into investors and brand ambassadors as they will be essential throughout your capital-raising journey.

 

Cannabis Industry Trends in 2022

 

Cannabis companies are benefiting from increasing consumer acceptance of the product in 2022. In states where cannabis is legal, tax revenue from sales has been significantly higher than predicted. This trend will likely continue as more states legalize cannabis, and the industry becomes more mainstream. It could also remove many barriers to entry for potential investors and entrepreneurs looking to enter the space.

 

Despite the current political environment, which is generally unfavorable to cannabis companies, several bills are making their way through Congress that could positively impact the industry. The SAFE Banking Act, for example, would allow FDIC-insured banks to offer their services to cannabis companies, providing much-needed financial infrastructure. 

 

The industry will almost certainly continue to grow because of the acceptance of cannabis and its use in a variety of products. The cannabis plant produces several compounds with medical, industrial and commercial applications, with THC and CBD only the most well-known.  Developing these products and bringing them to market is creating more jobs, stimulating the economy, and becoming more accepted by people from all walks of life.

 

Growth in the cannabis industry is not likely to slow down anytime soon. Investors and companies interested in the industry should keep a close eye on developments at the state and federal levels and the financial health of companies in the space. With the right mix of factors, the cannabis industry could achieve even greater heights in the years to come.

 

Is Equity Crowdfunding Immune to Market Volatility?

In a recent TechCrunch article, author Rebecca Szkutak asserts, “With the fundraising climate now showing cloudy skies, equity crowdfunding is getting ready for a field day.” The stigma associated with crowdfunding is reversing; once viewed as a fundraising method for companies “not good enough” for venture capital, it has grown substantially in the past few years. Better yet, 2022 is “​​poised to be monumental for equity crowdfunding.” From the start of this year to the end of May, companies have raised $215 million through this method of capital raising, an increase of $200 million from the same period last year. Favorable evolutions to regulations in this space are only contributing to this growth. 

It will be exciting to see how these trends continue to develop and enable companies to raise capital through to the end of the year. To read the full article on TechCrunch, click here.

What is KYC?

Each year, an estimated $2 trillion from illicit activities is laundered. This poses a significant challenge to financial institutions, requiring onerous efforts to verify that individuals involved in financial transactions are who they claim to be. This is where KYC, or Know Your Client, practices come into play. KYC compliance is at the core of any successful risk management strategy and ensures that financial institutions are not inadvertently aiding criminal activity. Let’s dive into KYC a little deeper.

 

What is KYC?

 

Regulations such as AML (anti-money-laundering), and eIDAS (electronic Identification, Authentication and Trust Services) exist to help detect and prevent financial crime, and to reduce the ability of terrorists to fund their operations.

By identifying their clients, financial institutions can help reduce the possibility of doing business with criminals or those who may be involved in criminal activity. KYC is quite complex: this means collecting various personal and professional information from their clients, verifying it, and assessing the risk the clients pose for money laundering.

There is a lot of database and document research involved in this stage, which helps assure the money is traceable: maybe dividends from investments, salaries or any other licit way of making money, with a reliable source.

 

How is KYC Conducted? 


The steps in a KYC procedure vary depending on the organization, but they typically include the following:

 

  1. Client identification: Identify the client and collect certain information, such as their name, date of birth, national identification (SSN, SIN, etc) and address.
  2. Client verification:Verify that the client is who they say they are, typically by examining documents such as a passport or driver’s license.
  3. Risk assessment: Assess the client’s risk level. This helps to determine what type of information needs to be collected from them and how often they will need to be screened. This step depends on the kind of business the client is involved in and each company can decide how much information they need.
  4. KYC compliance: Ensure that the organization complies with KYC regulations. This includes maintaining accurate records and keeping up-to-date with changes to KYC regulations.

 

By following these steps, organizations can effectively implement a KYC procedure.

 

What are the benefits of KYC? 

 

There are many benefits to implementing KYC compliance measures, including:

 

  • Prevention of financial crime: By identifying clients and understanding their financial activities, organizations can help prevent criminal activity such as money laundering.
  • Enhanced client protection: Organizations can better protect their clients from fraud and identity theft by knowing who their clients are. This is especially beneficial to banks or other institutions that are common targets of such crimes.
  • Improved client experience: By streamlining the KYC process and making it more user-friendly, organizations can improve the client experience. Clients must go through verification process with transparency and with clear goals.
  • Increased transparency: KYC compliance measures help create a more transparent environment for both organizations and their clients by sharing information.

 

What are the challenges of KYC? 

 

Despite the many benefits of KYC, there are also some challenges associated with it, such as:

 

  • Cost: the KYC process can be costly for organizations, particularly small businesses. This is because it requires using resources, such as staff time, to collect and verify client information.
  • Client privacy: some clients may be concerned about the amount of personal information that is required during the KYC process. This can potentially lead to identity theft or other privacy breaches.
  • Compliance: the KYC process must be followed correctly to be effective. This can be challenging for organizations, especially if they have a large number of clients.

 

What is the difference between KYC and AML? 

 

AML, or Anti-Money Laundering, is a process that is used to prevent the illicit use of financial services. This can include money laundering, terrorist financing, and other illegal activities. KYC compliance measures are a part of AML compliance, but they are not the same thing. KYC compliance measures focus specifically on the identification of clients, while AML compliance measures also include monitoring client activity to look for suspicious behavior.

 

KYC is a necessary process that can help to prevent financial crime. It involves collecting certain information from clients and using it to verify their identity to help protect against criminal activity. While KYC compliance measures can be costly and challenging to implement, they are essential to AML compliance, and KYC efforts can protect your company from financial crime.

What Kind of Data is Relevant for Private Equity?

The world of private equity is shrouded in a certain amount of mystery. What data do private equity firms use when making their investment decisions? What kind of research is needed to identify opportunities in this market? With the private equity markets raising over $665 billion in 2021, up from $521 billion in 2020, the use of data for private firms is becoming more crucial than ever. This blog post will look at the data types most relevant for private equity investors and how this information can benefit them in certain situations.

 

The Role of Data in Private Equity

 

Private equity is a type of investment generally reserved for high-net-worth individuals, venture capitalists, and institutional investors. However, these opportunities are being afforded to more individual investors thanks to the JOBS Act. It is an investment strategy that involves buying stakes in companies that are not publicly traded on stock markets. Private equity firms, in particular, typically have a longer time horizon for their investments than other types of investors and often are willing to invest in companies with high growth potential.

 

For these investments, investors may rely heavily on multiple data sources to provide insight and justify investment decisions. These sources may include:

 

  • Financial data is relevant to PE firms because of the need to monitor a company’s financial health. This data can help PE firms identify potential risks and flag companies that may be in trouble. Financial data can also help firms assess a company’s growth potential, allowing them to make more informed investment decisions. 
  • Operational data is relevant to PE firms because it helps them understand a company’s business model and evaluate its efficiency. This data can help firms identify opportunities for cost savings and process improvements. 
  • Market data lets PE firms know what’s happening in specific industries and understand where there might be opportunities for companies they own to gain or lose market share. It also helps firms keep tabs on broader industry trends that could present opportunities or threats to their portfolio companies.
  • Alternative data allows firms to track a company’s performance in real-time and make more informed investment decisions.

 

Data is an essential part of the private equity investment process, which firms must consider when making investment decisions. Private equity firms often rely on proprietary data sources, such as data from the companies they own or have invested in, to make investment decisions. They also use external data sources, such as public market data, to corroborate what they see from their data sources. 

 

The Importance of Data

 

With the increasing importance of various types of data, private equity firms must be able to access and analyze this data to stay ahead of the competition. Firms that can effectively use data will be well-positioned to make informed investment decisions, improve their portfolio companies’ performance, and generate better returns for their investors.

 

Beyond traditional data sources, alternative data is becoming increasingly important for private equity firms. This data can come from various sources and helps PE firms better understand the companies they invest in, make better investment decisions, and provide more hands-on operational support to their portfolio companies. Alternative data can help PE firms corroborate what they are being told and get a complete picture of the company they are interested in investing in. Alternative data can also help with operational decisions after an investment has been made. The ability to crunch a company’s proprietary data and glean insights into broader industry trends is crucial to helping a private equity company increase its market share, improve operational efficiency, and ultimately time the exit correctly. Therefore, a practical application of alternative data can create a virtuous cycle for private equity firms: better investment strategy, selection, execution, management, and realization, driving improved returns and increased LP demand. 

 

Any one source of data may not provide the entire picture of a potential investment, making it critical for private equity investors to analyze a wealth of data before making an investment decision. Overall, data can help to illustrate patterns and opportunities within the private equity space.

Recapping Our All-Star June Podcast Guests

Throughout June, we were happy to host another set of excellent speakers to add to our KoreTalkX series, covering timely topics like digital securities, RegA+ for cannabis, and the potential RegA+ unlocks for companies in the Medtech space. Keep reading to explore each episode in more depth. 

 

KoreTalkX #5: Digital securities matter; tokens, coins, and regulations.

 

The June lineup of KoreTalks kicked off with episode #5, during which Andrew Bull discussed the future of digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. As digital securities enter the mainstream, their potential to protect issuers and create opportunities for investors grows with the transparency they can offer. However, education will continue to be an important factor in driving the expansion of the digital asset space. This conversation is helpful for anyone interested in learning more about digital assets and their impact on the financial industry. With their experience in traditional finance and digital assets, Andrew Bull and Dr. Garimella provide valuable insights into this growing industry based on their observations of the industry’s development. 

 

KoreTalkX #6: Cannabis businesses need capital. Let’s raise it.

 

Reg A+ is a powerful tool for companies in the private sector, and it is no different for those in the cannabis industry. In KoreTalkX #6, Brianna Martyn of Big Stock Tips discussed the importance of due diligence when investing in the cannabis industry, advising investors to research and understand each company’s fundamentals before investing. Brianna spoke with Jessica Trapani of KoreConX about our role in helping private companies raise up to $75 million from brand advocates and customers without going public. 

 

KoreTalk #7: The MedTech ecosystem is booming.

 

The JOBS Act was signed into law two decades ago, yet we are just beginning to see more Medtech companies utilize the RegA+ exemption to raise capital. In the last KoreTalkX episode for June, Stephen Brock and Peter Daneyko discussed the benefits of the Jobs Act and how it will help businesses grow and create jobs. Especially in the Medtech space, which is traditionally capital-intensive, RegA+ provides a tremendous opportunity for companies to raise needed capital while retaining more ownership of their company. Additionally, the speakers also discuss new, game-changing opportunities for investors, who are now able to invest in companies that align with deeply personal values. 

 

If you’d like to watch any of these episodes in full, you can catch them on your favorite podcast platform. Click here to view episodes on Spotify, Amazon, or iTunes.

There’s a Lot of Private Capital to Go Around

With all the turbulence in the public markets, private markets look even more attractive to investors.  The private markets are 4x the size of public markets. Investors are and will continue to look for investment opportunities and right now, there is a lot of private capital to go around when we see these numbers.

 

A Staggering Amount of Private Capital

 

The private capital available in the world today is staggering. A recent report by Bain & Company found that there is more than $5 trillion of uninvested funds currently available from private equity firms, and this number is only expected to grow in the coming years. With this influx of cash, private equity firms can engage in mega-deals and drive up valuations in the process.

 

The increased availability of private capital is not just limited to traditional private equity firms. Family offices, sovereign wealth funds, and pension funds play a more prominent role in the private equity space and have experienced sweeping changes in 2021. With all this capital available, it’s no wonder that the private market is growing. While some people may be concerned about a potential bubble, it’s important to remember that the private equity industry is still relatively small compared to other asset classes. So even though there may be some risk of over-inflated valuations, the private equity industry still has much room to grow

 

Accessing Private Capital

 

We are witnessing record-breaking investment levels reaching billions of dollars. Several reasons for this influx of cash include:

 

  • Low-interest rates
  • An improving global economy
  • A renewed focus on private equity and venture capital

 

The wealth of private capital available today is staggering and growing. The options for accessing this capital are many and diverse, so there’s no one-size-fits-all solution for each private company looking to raise capital. However, some general guidelines will help you find the right resources for your business. You must understand what stage your company is in. This will help you identify the right kind of capital, as well as the right source of that capital. There are generally four stages of funding for a business:

 

  • Pre-seed Stage: This is when you have an idea but no product or service to sell. You will need to raise funds to develop your concept and bring it to market.
  • Seed Stage: This is when you have a product or service but no sales. You will need funds to finance your product development, marketing, and initial sales efforts.
  • Early Stage: This is when you have initial sales but are not yet profitable. You will need funds to finance your growth and expand your business.
  • Late Stage: This is when you are profitable and looking to scale your business. You will need funds to finance your expansion plans.

 

There are many private capital sources, including family and friends, angel investors, venture capitalists, accredited investors, nonaccredited investors, and private equity firms. Each has its strengths and weaknesses, so it’s essential to understand the differences before approaching them for funding.

 

Additionally, we are even beginning to see a growing player in this market: JOBS Act exceptions. These exemptions, Regulation A+, Regulation CF, and Regulation D, are game-changer for companies and investors alike. These exemptions allow companies to raise significant capital from accredited and nonaccredited investors alike, which continues to widen the pool of potential investors. 

 

The private capital market is booming, with record-breaking investment levels reaching billions of dollars. There are several reasons for this influx of cash, including an improving global economy, low-interest rates, and a renewed focus on private equity and venture capital. Not to mention, the JOBS Act has introduced new sources of capital outside of the traditional VC and private equity round. The everyday investor is showing significant interest in the ability to get in on the ground floor with a promising company to grow their wealth. With so much private capital available, it is time to take advantage of it.

 

Private Equity’s Primetime Has Arrived

Private equity’s primetime has arrived! This stems from a number of reasons, including favorable economic conditions for the private capital market. In fact, 42% of private equity limited partners report a 16% net return in this space. Here are three factors in particular that have caused private equity to outperform public equity in 2022.

 

1) Interest Rates:

A survey found that 71% of global private equity investors have indicated that their equity investments have outperformed their public equity portfolios since the global financial crisis. This is in part because private equity firms are less reliant on debt financing than public companies. Higher borrowing costs will hit public companies harder, putting them at a competitive disadvantage over private companies with rising interest rates.

 

2) Economic Uncertainty:

Some degree of uncertainty characterizes current economic environment. This can be attributed to the ongoing trade conflicts between the United States and China, Brexit, and the coronavirus pandemic. These factors have made it difficult for public companies to make long-term plans and invest for the future. Private equity firms, on the other hand, are better suited to deal with economic uncertainty. This is because they can take a longer-term view and are not as reliant on short-term results.

 

3) Regulation:

The increased regulation of public companies has made it more difficult and expensive for them to operate. Private companies are not subject to the same level of regulation, giving them a competitive advantage. Additionally, private companies can benefit from registration exemptions, like RegA+ and RegCF, which allow them to raise capital from everyday investors without the need to go public. This provides private companies a significant tool they can use to their advantage and fuel their growth.

 

These combined factors show that private equity has arrived and is here to stay. This will likely continue in the future, making private equity an attractive investment for investors. More individuals are involved in the private markets with the rise in forms of private investment for regulated and non-regulated investors, such as the JOBS Act regulations. This means more capital is flowing into private markets, which drives up valuations. With the current market conditions, investors would be wise to allocate a portion of their portfolio to private equity to protect and grow their wealth and prepare their portfolios for the future.

How Can a Foreign Company use RegA+

For many issuers outside of the United States, the ability to raise capital from a wide pool of investors, including “the crowd” is immensely compelling. However, for foreign issuers to be able to use RegA+, there are some important considerations to keep in mind.

 

First and foremost is whether the company would be eligible to offer securities to U.S. investors. Foreign companies should seek the advice of qualified legal counsel to ensure compliance with all applicable U.S. laws and regulations. Additionally, foreign companies should consider the costs associated with making a public offering under RegA+ and the ongoing reporting requirements imposed on the company if it elects to use this securities exemption.

 

Benefit from RegA+ as a Foreign Company

 

The benefits of using Reg A+ for foreign companies are tremendous. Perhaps most importantly, RegA+, as a securities exemption, allows companies to raise $75 million from non-accredited investors. The exemption also enables issuers to “test the waters” concerning interest in their securities before officially launching the offering

 

Using RegA+ as a Foreign Company

 

It is vital first to understand the process and what is required when looking to do a RegA+ raise. Foreign companies should be aware of the following when using RegA+:

 

  • The company must be registered as a US company with a principal place of business in the US.
  • The company must have two years of audited financial statements.

 

While RegA+ offers a foreign company a simplified path to raising capital in the United States, several requirements still need to be met for the offering to be successful. These requirements include:

 

  • Filing a Form 1-A with the SEC.
  • Passing an SEC review process.
  • Engaging a US-based registered broker-dealer.
  • Disclosing all material information about the company and the offering.

 

However, like any method of raising capital, RegA+ may not be suitable for all foreign issuers. This makes it incredibly important to engage a knowledgeable team that can guide issuers through the process.

 

A Distributed Workforce And How To Trust Your Employees

At the Virtual Communication Mastery event on May 26th, 2022, Oscar Jofre, KoreConX President, CEO, and co-founder, was invited to participate in a talk on the importance of building a team from a distributed workforce and how to trust your employees. He spoke about the company culture at KoreConX, which is based on trust and empowering employees to make decisions and how it benefits operations, and how we are seeing more companies embrace the remote model of working.

 

During the interview, the Virtual Communication Mastery hosts spoke to Jofre about how the crowdfunding concept in the US changed how fundraising works and who stakeholders are. “Venture capital is not the only way, there is nothing wrong with not being a venture, and because of COVID, online crowdfunding investment in the US has grown and has become more popular than ever,” said Jofre. He reiterated how there is lots of money sitting available, over $30 trillion, waiting to be invested, but it was difficult for people to support companies they believed in. Now with the JOBS Act regulations, KoreConX does everything compliantly to empower the private capital market so everyone can invest in innovative private companies.

 

This idea of inclusion does not only apply to its investors but also to the company’s employees. KoreConX is seeing companies embracing the distributed model “because it is about productivity.” You want your company to have the best product possible, and by getting the best people to believe in and execute that vision, it does not matter if they are in the same room as you. 

 

In fact, nearly 61% of Americans choose not to go into the workplace, a stark change from earlier in the pandemic.  “In 5-10 years,” says Jofre, “offices will not be the major hub for where people work.” He continued, saying that “with distributed working, we will see more small communities becoming hubs of people working remotely, and we are seeing more traveling because of remote working. Remote work is a very different environment where you do not lose things when you leave.” This allows a company and its employees to stay connected no matter where they are constantly. 

 

A significant concept Oscar believes in is providing to all employees is trust. He believes that “for a distributed team to work productively, there must be trust” between the employer and the employee. The employer trusts that the job will get done, and the employees trust that they can do their job without being micromanaged. By trusting your employees to make business decisions, you empower them to be as invested in the company as you are and improve productivity.

 

Trends We Believe Will Shape Investment Crowdfunding

In the first half of the year, a great deal has happened in investment crowdfunding. We’ve seen several trends emerge that are worth looking at as we move into 2022. These trends can impact everything from how you raise capital, structure your investments, and what kinds of companies you invest in. Here are three trends that we believe will shape investment crowdfunding in the coming year:

 

More support for Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs)

 

Alternative Trading Systems (ATSs) have been around for a while, but they’ve been slow to catch on in the investment crowdfunding space. That’s starting to change, though, as more and more platforms are beginning to see the benefits of using an ATS. An ATS is a platform that allows for the secondary trading of securities, which means that it can be used to buy and sell shares of companies not listed on a traditional stock exchange. One of the benefits of using an ATS is that it gives investors more liquidity for their investments. This means that investors will be able to sell their shares more efficiently and at a better price. ATS will also be a significant player as digital securities continue to evolve and see wider adoption.

 

Another benefit of using an ATS is that it can help to level the playing field for issuers. By using an ATS, issuers will be able to list their securities on a platform that is open to a broader range of investors. We believe that the increased use of ATSs will positively impact crowdfunding investments in the coming year. That’s because ATSs can help make the market more efficient, giving issuers and investors more options, but sweeping regulations are being proposed for alternative trading systems.

 

More focus on Environmental, Social, and Governance (ESG) factors

 

ESG investing is an investment strategy that considers environmental, social, and governance factors. This investing style has been gaining in popularity in recent years, as more and more investors are looking for ways to invest in companies that positively impact the world. We believe that the focus on ESG factors will continue to grow in the coming year as more investors look for ways to align their investments with their values, and crowdfunding can make the most out of this.

 

There are several reasons why we believe that the focus on ESG will continue to grow in the coming year:

  • A recent Gallups study showed that nearly half of the respondents polled are interested in sustainable investments, yet only 25% had heard about it. This could be a significant opportunity for companies looking to raise capital for ESG-focused businesses.
  • We also expect to see more regulation around ESG investing in the coming year. The SEC proposed a rule in March of 2022 requiring any SEC-registered companies to add specific disclosures on periodic reports and registration statements. Companies must also share information on climate-related risks that may impact business. While companies using JOBS Act exemptions are not SEC-registered, this may be an interesting development as investor demand continues to rise.
  • We also expect to see more interest from retail investors in ESG investing. A recent survey by Morgan Stanley found that 75% of millennial investors are interested in sustainable investments. This is a trend that we expect to continue in the coming year as more and more retail investors look for ways to invest in companies that positively impact the world.

 

Impact on Minority Companies

 

The past couple of years have been challenging for many businesses, but it has been especially challenging for minority-owned companies. That’s because the pandemic had a disproportionate impact on minority communities. For example, Black and Latino households have lost more wealth than white households during the pandemic, with 55% of households facing major financial problems. This has led to many people of color rethinking their investment strategies.

 

In addition, traditional financial institutions have long underserved minority-owned companies. Of venture capitalists, only 2% of their portfolio companies had a Latino founder, and 1% were led by a black person in 2017. 2020 data has shown little improvement The pandemic has highlighted just how important it is for minority communities to have access to capital. That’s why we predict that investment crowdfunding will become an increasingly popular way for minority-owned businesses to raise capital in the coming years.

 

Closing Thoughts

 

These three trends we believe will shape investment crowdfunding in the coming years. By understanding these trends, issuers and investors will be better positioned to take advantage of their present opportunities, allowing investors to connect more with businesses that they are passionate about and that align with their values. At the same time, it is also important for us to continue pushing the industry forward, enabling wider access to capital for businesses and more investment opportunities for investors.

Quarterbacks: Their Role and Why They’re Essential for Your RegA+ Raise

In the world of Reg A+, quarterbacks are essential to a successful offering. They play a critical role in the overall success of an offering, and their importance should not be underestimated. This article will explore the role of the quarterback and explain why they are so crucial for Reg A+. 

 

What is a Reg A+ Quarterback?

 

A quarterback works with issuers to advise and bring the necessary players to the table in a RegA+ offering. They are essential to ensure everything goes smoothly, lending their capital raising expertise to aid issuers on their capital raising journey. Without a quarterback, a company can easily overlook the nuances and complexities of securities regulations. A quarterback’s role is to manage and monitor the entire process. Doug Ruark, founder and president of Regulation D Resources Enterprises, Inc., defines the role of the quarterback as someone who has got to “work with clients that are looking to execute a securities offering, and need to get everything structured. Companies need to get all of their offering documents drafted, they need to go through the filing process with the SEC. And then, typically, a quarterback provides compliance support as they, company and quarterback, move forward and execute their offering”.

 

For a company to file with the SEC under RegA+, it must go through qualified testing. This is where a company’s financials, management team, and other factors are analyzed. A quarterback is essential in this process as they can provide valuable insight and knowledge about the company. Without a quarterback, a company may be at risk of not being fully prepared for this vital step.

 

The Importance of a Quarterback

 

A quarterback is a crucial part of any capital raising activity. They will be a valuable asset in the process and can help you avoid any costly mistakes. Some key QB responsibilities include:

  • Provide non-legal advisory services to management teams
  • Coordinate fundraising efforts with online platforms or crowdfunding portals
  • Facilitate communication between issuers and financial professionals like broker-dealers
  • Assist with due diligence
  • Work with marketing teams to establish marketing strategies
  • Other services to streamline the offering

 

Reg A+ Raises and QBs

 

By preparing well for a Reg A+ offering with a quarterback, companies can put their best foot forward and make a strong impression on potential investors. Having a well-coordinated team in place is critical, as is having all the necessary documentation and financials. Quarterbacks play an essential role in ensuring all the pieces are in place and working together smoothly so that when it comes time to present to investors, companies can do so with confidence. Quarterbacks can help their companies make a successful Reg A+ offering and attract the funding they need to grow by taking the time to do things right from the start.

 

Can Cannabis Companies Use RegCF?

In recent years, public perception of cannabis is gaining positive momentum. As of April 2021, 35 states have made medical marijuana legal, with 18 of them legalizing it recreationally. This growth has been tremendous, raising the industry’s value to over $13 billion and directly supporting 340,000 jobs. Additionally, 91% of Americans believe that regulators should legalize cannabis for medical and recreational use.

 

These factors have created an excellent opportunity for companies in this space. As public perceptions continue to rise, investments in cannabis companies may become more attractive to retail and accredited investors. Projections show that by 2028, cannabis will be an industry worth $70.8 billion globally

 

The passing of the JOBS Act in 2012, and its subsequent amendments, have made it easier for companies to raise money from investors. But can cannabis companies use RegCF to raise money? The answer is yes, but there are a few things they need to keep in mind. In this blog post, we’ll take a closer look at how cannabis companies can use RegCF to raise money and how it can benefit companies and investors alike.

 

RegCF and Cannabis

 

Crowdfunding has become a popular way to raise money, especially for small businesses and startups. It’s a way to get funding from a large pool of investors, each contributing a small amount of money. This can be helpful for companies looking to forego traditional funding sources, like venture capitalists or angel investors. Another factor contributing to the growing popularity of RegCF for cannabis companies is the growing legalization of cannabis products, especially across the United States and Canada.

 

RegCF is an exemption from securities laws that companies use to raise money from the public, without having to be registered as a publicly-traded company. This allows greater access to capital, without having to go through the arduous and expensive process of going through an IPO. 

 

So far, RegCF has been a successful way for cannabis companies to raise money, especially in an industry where traditional loans or going public may not be an option. The benefits of cannabis companies using RegCF to raise capital are:

 

  • Raising money from accredited and non-accredited investors.
  • Reaching a large number of potential investors through online platforms.
  • Enabling founders to retain more ownership of their company, while raising needed capital.

 

RegCF is a flexible way for all-sized companies to get funding, and it’s helping to fuel the growth of the cannabis industry. 

 

Growing with RegCF

 

The premise of the JOBS Act was to fuel the economy, create jobs, and allow startups to flourish. Cannabis companies can now capitalize on the success other companies have had using RegCF over the past decade and cannabis companies are seeing exciting potential in this ability. This democratization of capital will help fuel the industry’s growth and create jobs. In addition, RegCF provides a cost-effective way to raise money, which is critical for early-stage companies. The future looks bright for RegCF and cannabis companies as more states legalize marijuana and businesses continue to enter the space. The industry is still in its early stages, and RegCF provides an excellent opportunity for companies to raise the capital they need to grow.

Credit Cards, Escrow, and Broker-Dealers for RegA+ = $75 Million for Cannabis Companies

 

“It’s About Time”

 

Up until now, it was a real challenge for Cannabis companies to take advantage of Reg A+ exemptions that allow private companies to raise up to $75 million from the crowd; accredited and non-accredited investors alike.  So you have the investor community’s appetite, the table is set and they are ready, willing, and able; but what else do you need?

 

FINRA Broker-dealer

 

The regulation is meant to create jobs, allow private companies another way to raise capital, and allow for the investor community at large to participate. Before RegA+ exemptions, many potential investors were left looking into the candy store without any way to invest.  So with the democratization of capital and the ability of an untapped investor community to now have a seat at the table, the broker-dealer becomes an all-important intermediary.  In a highly regulated environment, the Broker-dealer takes the onerous task of KYC, ID verification, and AML ( anti-money laundering) off the issuer’s shoulder;  so you, the Issuer, can run your business without worrying about this important compliance requirement. As a result, you not only have the opportunity to gain large groups of investors but also develop brand advocates who share in your story.

 

Escrow Agent 

After the broker-dealer, you need an escrow agent that can hold funds from investors in all 50 states and territories and only charge you one flat fee. 

 

This key intermediary holds the investors’ funds on behalf of the Issuer until the broker-dealer completes the ID, KYC, and AML verification. Once these checks are complete, the escrow agent can release the funds. Until recently, a couple of historical challenges for industry sectors such as cannabis included the inability to get Escrow for their capital raises. Not only is Escrow now available but also at a cost-effective price point and with normalized fees, which is really the way it should have always been.  

 

Credit Cards 

 

Now below 2.9%  allowing both cannabis companies and their shareholders to be fairly treated when investing in the growth of their companies;  bringing jobs to communities and opportunities to those that believe in the company. Being responsible with your credit cards is common sense. Still, the ease of use and points as an added bonus is certainly one of the nice perks and perhaps a big reason for their high usage via crowd participation in private capital raises.

 

If you’re part of the Cannabis ecosystem looking to learn more about how KoreConX can help you on your capital raising journey, please fill out the form here.

Accredited Vs. Non-Accredited Investors: What’s the difference?

There is a big difference between accredited and non-accredited investors. Understanding the difference is key to knowing which type of investor you are or understanding the type of investor your offering is targeting. Let’s look at each type of investor and find out more about their specific benefits and limitations.

 

Accredited Investors

 

An accredited investor is an individual or institution that has been approved by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) to invest in certain types of securities. These investments are typically unavailable to the retail investor, as they are considered high-risk and high-return. Historically, accredited investors have been able to:

 

  • Access to exclusive investment opportunities: Traditionally, many startups and early-stage companies will only accept investments from accredited investors, as they were considered to be more sophisticated and able to handle the higher risk.
  • Invest in private companies: Many accredited investors choose to invest in private companies, as they can offer higher returns than public companies. Before the JOBS Act, only accredited were able to invest in these companies.

 

To become an accredited investor, an individual must meet certain criteria set forth by the SEC. These include:

  • Entities that have assets of $5 million.
  • Earning an annual income of $200,000 (or $300,000 for couples) for the past two years.
  • Having a net worth of $1 million (excluding their primary residence).

 

Investing in private companies is often considered a high-risk investment, as there is often less information available about these companies than public companies. However, accredited investors are typically seen as more sophisticated and able to handle the higher risk.

 

Non-accredited Investors

 

A non-accredited investor is an individual who does not have the financial qualifications to be deemed an accredited investor. This can be due to a low net worth or a lack of investment experience. Historically, many non-accredited investors may have missed out on beneficial investment opportunities, especially in the private market. However, with the rise of JOBS Act exemptions, we are seeing more companies looking toward nonaccredited investors. The benefits of being a nonaccredited investor include:

 

  • No SEC qualification: Anyone with the desire to invest can be a non-accredited investor. There are no criteria set by the SEC that must be met. 
  • Access to new and exciting companies: Companies can tap into a new pool of potential investors by marketing toward non-accredited investors. These investors can also tap into a broader range of investment opportunities that may have been unavailable before the JOBS Act was passed into law.
  • The ability to invest smaller amounts of money: For non-accredited investors, the minimum investment amount is often lower than it is for accredited investors. This can be helpful for those who want to get started in investing but don’t have a large sum of money to put towards it.

 

As the private market continues to grow, both non-accredited and accredited investors alike can take advantage of exciting opportunities to invest in growing companies. The JOBS Act has also done an incredible job leveling the playing field for investors, which will only incentive more companies to tap into the growing pool of potential investors.

Online is Proving Successful for Minority Founders

Minority-owned startups are proving to be incredibly successful in gaining exposure on online platforms, growing their customer base and raising capital. In 2021, funding from crowd raising grew 33.7%, showing the increasing use of online fundraising.

A Lack of Diversity in Traditional Capital 

Online platforms for startup investing are more inclusive than traditional options. They don’t rely as heavily on already established personal relationships and networks between founders and investors. Instead, they provide a level playing field for all types of founders online.

These entrepreneurs can now get the funding to launch or expand their businesses through RegA+ and RegCF. Online startup investing platforms are also transparent, allowing founders to see which startups are doing well and which ones aren’t. This information was often hidden from view by traditional VCs, which could lead to bias. 

The Internet is Improving Equity Crowdfunding for Minorities

In 2020, only 2.6% of VC dollars were invested in minority-founded businesses. However, over $486 million were invested through online startups in 2021 – a significantly higher sum than traditional VC investment. Through regulations like RegA+ and RegCF, investors have the opportunity to invest in promising startups led by underrepresented founders. These online platforms level the playing field, allowing minority founders to receive the support and capital funding they need to succeed.

As more investors engage with these platforms and more promising startups seek funding through regulations, we will see continued growth in minority-founded companies receiving the support they deserve. Overall, online startup investing has the potential to create a more diverse and dynamic VC landscape – one that better reflects the diversity of several markets.

The Future of Online Funding

There are several reasons why online fundraising is such a valuable tool for minority entrepreneurs. In the past, minority entrepreneurs have often been shut out of traditional funding sources. Also, they have often been pigeon-holed into stereotypes by the mainstream media. But with online fundraising, they can bypass the traditional gatekeepers and structural obstacles, speaking directly to potential investors. They can tell their own stories and showcase the unique strengths of their businesses.

As the world becomes more digital, so too does entrepreneurship. This is especially apparent in how online fundraising is helping businesses of all sizes to raise money. It’s also becoming an increasingly important tool for these minority entrepreneurs.

The Importance of Private Capital for Female Founders

It’s no secret that women face unique challenges when starting and running a business, with women-led startups only receiving 2.3% of VC funding in 2020. From a lack of access to capital to the prevalence of bias in the business world, female entrepreneurs have a lot stacked against them. However, thanks to women’s movements and the push for further diversity in the workplace, more people are beginning to realize just how important it is to support women in business. With the rise of private capital raising through JOBS Act regulations, we are begging to close this gap.

In this blog post, we’ll look at the disparity in capital raised between male- and female-founded startups and explore some possible solutions.

Female-Led Private Capital

The lack of private capital for female-founded startups is a problem. Though women are starting to receive more capital funding, it is still disproportionately lower than male-founded companies. There are many reasons why this is the case. Still, one major factor could be that women tend to found smaller companies with more minor funding needs or investors who want to invest in specific industries where women are under-represented.

The Disparity in Capital Raised

When it comes to startup funding, female founders are at a disadvantage. In 2021, $456.6 million was invested in startups through crowdfunding. Of that total, female founders received 19.3%, and non-female founding teams received 80.7%. Everyday investors funded female founders 9x more than traditional VC funding in the same year, which poses a great opportunity for women raising capital through methods like RegA+ and RegCF.

One reason for this disparity is that fewer women-founded startups are raising capital. This is partly because women are still underrepresented in entrepreneurship. It will take time for them to catch up to their male counterparts. Another reason is that some investors might prefer to invest in specific sectors where women are still underrepresented. Or, it could be because sectors where women run businesses may have fewer funding needs.

Whatever the reasons for the disparity, it is clear that female-founded startups receive less funding than their male counterparts. This is a problem that needs to be addressed to promote equality in the startup world.

Improved Capital Raising Techniques

However, the online private market is challenging VC’s biases and progressing towards a more equitable funding model. Crowdfunding is one example of this, as it allows female-founded startups to raise capital from a wider pool of investors.

This is one of several ways to overcome the discrepancy between how much capital is raised by male-founded startups and female-founded startups. Another is to increase the number of women-led businesses by providing support and resources specifically for female entrepreneurs. This deficit is also overcome by investing more into industries that women are highly represented in or investing in getting more women into predominantly male-run industries.

We’ve looked at the disparity in capital raised by male- and female-founded startups, and we need to continue raising awareness and encouraging people to invest in female-founded businesses. With enough support, we can move closer towards an equal playing field for all entrepreneurs.

Attracting Impact Investors

Founders and executives of startup and early-stage healthcare companies seeking funding historically were limited to appeals to Venture Capital firms, Angels, and bootstrapping – struggling to survive by internal growth alone. In many cases, the founders resort to selling their businesses for values well below their potential. Fortunately, their options have increased due to

1. The Emergence of the Impact Investor

The economic devastation from the coronavirus and its evolving variants is a once-in-a-lifetime event that super-charged the nascent trend of individuals and institutions to invest in ventures intended to improve the quality of life. The dollar value of “impact investing” – experienced “remarkable growth over the past ten years, reaching $2.1 trillion in 2020, according to the International Finance Corporation (IFC).[i] Impact investments are investments made to generate positive, measurable social and environmental impact with a financial return. The bottom line is that impact investors look to help a business or organization complete a project, develop a new life-saving treatment, or do something positive to benefit society.

2. Exposure of Venture Capital Myths

For years, companies seeking funds avoided the tag of “social responsibility,” afraid that investors would avoid any company whose profit objective is compromised by non-financial returns. Nobel Prize-winning economist Milton Friedman ridiculed the idea that business has a “social conscience” and asserted that businessmen who believed such ideas were “unwitting puppets of the intellectual forces that have been undermining the basis of a free society these past decades.” [ii] Consequently, company leaders and investors unwittingly accepted

  • Myth #1 that impact investing produces lower financial returns that take years to materialize. A report by McKinsey & Company in 2018 found that investments in socially beneficial organizations produced returns comparable or exceeding those dedicated to profits only. Furthermore, the median holding period before exit (IPO or M&A) was about the same as conventional VC investments.
  • Myth #2 – An article in the 1998 Harvard Business Review[iii] challenged the belief that VC funding is the underlying force of invention and innovation in economic systems, finding that only a tiny percentage of VC capital (6%) invested in startups or research and development. A VC’s investment focus is on companies that have proven success and need funds for scaling.

Doing Well by Doing Good

Healthcare — where success is measured in improvements in disease progression and quality of life – is the focus of my firm. We promote Impact investing because the strategy provides an avenue in which people can do well by doing good, i.e., buying the securities of companies that positively affect the health of themselves, their families, and others. From the discovery of bacteria to the first artificial organs, significant medical discoveries have extended the quality and length of humans’ lives. Take a look at some of my clients and how they’re positively impacting the world of health and medicine.       

  • EyeMarker: developer of non-invasive assessment and tracking devices for traumatic brain injury (TBI) improving the speed, accuracy, and consistency of concussion detection and diagnosis.  
  • Facible: developer of revolutionary biodiagnostics technology for infectious disease which simplifies the diagnostic testing process while increasing the accuracy of results, empowering patients to better understand their personal health and the quality of products treating their wellness.
  • HealthySole: disrupting the infection prevention market with ultraviolet shoe sanitizer technology clinically proven to kill 99.99% of infections, contaminations, and pathogens in only 8 seconds. 
  • Kurve Therapeutics: provider of compact liquid drug delivery devices significantly enhancing the efficacy and safety of formulations treating Alzheimer’s, Parkinson’s LBD, and ALS. 
  • McGinley Orthopedics: manufacturer of orthopedic surgical devices employing cutting-edge sensing and navigation technology reducing surgical time and cost while improving patient outcomes. 
  • Medical 21: reshaping the future of cardiac bypass surgery with an artificial graft which eliminates the harvesting of blood vessels, significantly decreasing procedure time and cost as well as the risk of infection, scarring, and pain for patients.

The recently updated JOBS Act of 2017[iv] offers founders of healthcare companies an alternative channel for fundraising to running the gauntlet of impersonal VC managers focused solely on extraordinary growth as quickly as possible. Using a Regulation A+ offering in place of venture capital allows company management to target those investors who believe in the company’s objectives and want to support them. For healthcare companies, the potential investors include the

  • doctors who work in the company’s field and know first-hand the impact your solution could have,
  • patients who have been affected and their family members and friends, and
  • people who support the non-profit organizations around those you help diagnose/treat.

Founders of healthcare companies will find a wide variety of investors eager to help them reach their objectives, according to the Global Impact Investing Network 2020 Annual Impact Investor Survey.[v] Their research estimates the current market size at $715 billion, attracting a wide variety of individual and institutional investors:

  • Fund Managers
  • Development finance institutions
  • Diversified financial institutions/banks
  • Private foundations
  • Pension funds and insurance companies
  • Family Offices
  • Individual investors
  • NGOs
  • Religious institutions

Rather than having one or more VC shareholders anxious to make a profit and move on to the next deal, Regulation A+ offers access to thousands of potential advocates – a legitimate community of people with a shared sense of purpose — for your business.

A Reg A+ offering allows investors to contribute to life-saving research, clinical trials, or tools and technology to assist victims in returning to everyday life, possibly within their families. For example, small biotechs are more likely to invest in research, spending up to 60% of their revenue on R&D.[vi] They account for up to 80% of the total pharmaceutical development pipeline in 2018,[vii] making small companies the driving force behind innovative new therapies, and 64% of all new drugs approved by the FDA in 2018 originated from small pharma.

Final Thoughts

Founders seeking new funding should ask, “Do I want a group of shareholders that focus solely on my bottom lines or investors who care about our company’s objectives for the full community – patients as well as shareholders?” The question is especially pertinent since an alternative process is available with less hassle, cost, and time. We believe that Regulation A+ offerings should be in the toolbox of every founder, owner, CFO, and Treasurer in the United States. Their use provides excellent upside potential with little downside risk.

 

Resources:

[i] Gregory, N. and Volk, A. (2020) GROWING IMPACT New Insights into the Practice of Impact Investing. International Finance Corporation. (June 2020) Access through https://www.ifc.org/wps/wcm/connect/8b8a0e92-6a8d-4df5-9db4-c888888b464e/2020-Growing-Impact.pdf?MOD=AJPERES&CVID=naZESt9

[ii] Friedman, M. (1970) A Friedman doctrine‐- The Social Responsibility Of Business Is to Increase Its ProfitsNew York Times. (September 13, 1970) Accessed through https://www.nytimes.com/1970/09/13/archives/a-friedman-doctrine-the-social-responsibility-of-business-is-to.html

[iii] Zider, B.(1998) How Venture Capital Works. Harvard Business Review. (November-December, 1998) Access through https://hbr.org/1998/11/how-venture-capital-works

[iv] Littman, N. (2021) Healthcare-Focused Impact Investing: Another Way To Invest For Change. Forbes Magazine. (April 28, 2020) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbesfinancecouncil/2021/04/28/healthcare-focused-impact-investing-another-way-to-invest-for-change/?sh=3f4c7f501e5c

[v] Staff. (2021) WHAT YOU NEED TO KNOW ABOUT IMPACT INVESTING. Global Impact Investing Network. (August 25, 2021) Access through https://thegiin.org/impact-investing/need-to-know/

[vi] Coskun, M. (2020) How is R&D spending affecting Biotech company growth? Data-Driven Investor. (May 11, 2020) Access through https://www.datadriveninvestor.com/2020/05/11/how-is-rd-spending-affecting-biotech-company-growth/#

[vii] Kurji, N. (2019) The Future of Pharma: The Role Of Biotech Companies. Forbes Magazine. (May 29, 2019) Access through https://www.forbes.com/sites/forbestechcouncil/2019/05/29/the-future-of-pharma-the-role-of-biotech-companies/?sh=43d88c5f6bb3

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

What is Regulation S?

It is essential to be familiar with the different regulations that govern how companies can raise capital in today’s business world. One important rule is Regulation S. This article will give you a basic overview of Regulation S, how it affects businesses, and how companies can use it to raise capital.

 

What is Regulation S?

 

Regulation S is a set of rules that govern security offerings to offshore investors. It is an attempt by the SEC to clarify its role in regulating securities offerings sold by US companies outside the United States. The regulation allows companies to offer and sell securities without registering the offering with the SEC, as long as the securities are only offered and sold outside of the United States. This excludes investors within the US from participating in the offerings. If an offering is for foreign and domestic investors, it would not fall under Reg S exemptions because it would have to be registered with the SEC.

 

Benefits of Reg S

 

Regulation S is an important securities regulation because it allows companies to offer and sell securities offshore without registering with the SEC. This is important because it enables companies to raise money from investors worldwide, and it also protects investors because it ensures that all offerings are made lawfully. At the same time, it enables companies to have a greater reach for their security offerings, as they can now globally raise money from investors all over the world.

 

As it was designed, Reg S was always intended for large transactions made by large companies to sophisticated investors. The primary use case of Reg S is still the Euro bond or an extensive offering by a U.S. or foreign company that is made outside the United States. Because Reg S can be used for such a large-scale offering by large corporations, companies will always continue to use it as an option when they need to raise funds globally.

 

The Pitfalls of Regulation S

 

The problem is many companies do Reg S offerings incorrectly in this particular space of crowdfunding. Many think all they need to do is sell to somebody outside of the United States, but they ignore that Reg S has three separate categories. These categories are based on the likelihood of the transaction being made in the U.S. or the securities returning to the U.S. The most effortless use case of Reg S is a foreign company selling securities under their own rules. An intermediate use is a reporting company registered with the SEC. For startups, the rules of non-reporting U.S. companies are stricter, but many businesses are not complying with these rules.

How Can Companies Keep Their Offering Out of the US?

 

No offer sold under Reg S should be advertised or be made known in the U.S. To this effect, companies should Geo-fence any offering site so individuals with U.S. IP Addresses can not see what you are offering. However, if you have Geo-fenced your offer and implemented the proper protections to ensure a US investor cannot invest, and someone found their way around it, it’s not on you. Companies do not need to police the internet, but they should ensure that their Reg S offerings are only available internationally with Geo-fencing. 

 

While Reg S does not have as wide of a use case as Reg A or Reg D, Reg S is helpful if you feel you will exceed the $75 million of Reg A and can capitalize on international investors. However, companies must be aware that Reg S only tells how to comply with the U.S. rules, not another countries regulation. With most countries having restrictions on making offerings to less sophisticated investors, you want to ensure you meet all these standards if raising capital internationally. 

 

The Regulation S exemption was implemented to help companies raise capital from non-US investors without SEC registration. It has its benefits, but it is not always accessible or appropriate for every company.

The Recipe for a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act in 2012 and its subsequent amendments, companies are able to raise amounts up to $75 million during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you might be familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth, which can be more attractive to investors.

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about.

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying.

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

How to Read a Startup’s Financial Statements

This article was originally written by our KorePartners at StartEngine. View the original post here.

 

When considering which startups to invest in, there is some key information prospective investors would want to review and understand before making any investment decision. A lot of the information is presented to you on campaign pages, but if you want to review more detailed information about a company, you need to look at their:

  • Form C and “offering details” (for Regulation Crowdfunding offerings) or
  • Offering circular (for Regulation A+ offerings)

There are links to these documents on all of the campaign pages on StartEngine, so that you can review them, but they can contain a good deal of complex terminology that can be hard to understand.

One area that can be complicated to grasp is the company’s financial statement and the related analysis. It is one of the primary types of information prospective investors review to gain a glimpse into a company’s overall financial health.

Financial information can also help you identify trends of the business over time, so you get a better idea of the company’s potential future performance based on historical results. It can also provide you with a means of comparing a company’s performance to other companies in the same industry and stage of growth.

To make it easier for you to accomplish this, we have outlined some key terms and financial concepts to make it easier for you to review and understand a startup’s financial statements.

Note: a typical set of financial statements will include a balance sheet, income statement, statement of cash flow, statement of shareholder equity, and supplement notes. 

Income and Expenses

At some point in its lifecycle, a company must generate a sufficient amount of income to survive and grow (otherwise, it will continue to need outside sources of funding). So, how can you tell how much money a company is making, and how much it is spending? To determine this, you’ll need to take a look at the company’s Income Statement (for Regulation Crowdfunding’s offering details) or their “Statement of Operations” (for Regulation A+’s offering circular).

Gross Revenue

The first item presented on a company’s income statement is Gross Revenue. This is the amount of money the company has received by selling its goods and/or services. It is reported on the first line of the income statement, which is why you may come across people refer to gross revenue as “top line revenue” or simply “revenue.”

Cost of Goods Sold

After revenue, a company will deduct Cost of Goods Sold. This can also be called “Cost of Revenue” or “Cost of Services” and refers to all expenses that are directly related to the production of whatever products a company is selling or services it is performing. Sometimes a company may not have these costs on its income statement if it is an early stage pre-revenue startup that has not introduced its product/services to the market. These are also referred to as “variable costs” because they typically rise and fall in line with sales—simply put, producing more costs more.

Gross Profit

Once these costs are deducted, the resulting number is the company’s Gross Profit—the amount of money earned from the product or service sold. It is called a “Gross Loss,” if the sale of product or service loses money. In financial documents, losses are indicated by numbers in parenthesis, so for example ($200,000) would represent a loss of $200,000.

Operating Expenses

Operating Expenses, such as research and development expenses (money spent on innovation and technological advancement), “General and Administrative” expenses (day-to-day costs such as accounting, legal, utilities and rent) and many others are  deducted from gross profit or added to gross loss. These consist of all costs that are not directly attributable to the production of a product and/or service and are generally considered “fixed” costs because they do not rise or fall directly in line with sales.

Operating Profit/Loss

After considering these expenses, the resulting figure (gross profit minus operating expenses) is known as Operating Profit, or Earnings Before Interest and Taxes (EBIT). It is considered an “Operating Loss” or “Loss from Operations” when gross profit minus operating expenses results in a negative value.

Net Income

Once interest expense on outstanding debt and income taxes are deducted from Operating Profit/Loss, you arrive at Net Income. Conversely, if after deducting taxes and interest paid on the company’s debt results in a negative amount, it’s called a “Net Loss.”

This figure is referred to as a company’s “bottom line” due to the fact that it is typically the last item presented on the company’s income statement—much in the same way gross revenue is referred to as a company’s top line. Also, people will many times address a company’s net income or net loss as a percent of revenue, known as its “net profit margin,” which is used to measure a company’s overall profitability.

In the context of investing in startups, it’s worth noting that most companies will record gross losses, operating losses and net losses. Nearly all early-stage businesses are not profitable as funds are reinvested into growth and R&D. It’s why startups raise funding: to build the product that they can sell, to scale their operations to reach an economy of scale, to hire new employees, and a host of other reasons that help them grow towards that point of generating profit.

Net Worth: Understanding Balance Sheets

A company’s Balance Sheet presents their assets (anything the company owns that has value such as cash, inventory, accounts receivable, and real estate) and liabilities (what the company owes, such as unpaid invoices, taxes and debt). When you subtract all of the funds owed by the company from all of the assets it owns, you get the overall net worth (the book value of total assets minus total liabilities) of the company. Let’s start by looking at the asset side of the balance sheet.

Current Assets

The first category you will see is called, “Current Assets.” These are all assets that are considered cash or assets that the company expects will be converted into cash within a year. This includes cash and cash equivalents (any asset that can be immediately turned into cash, such as foreign currencies, short term government debt securities called Treasury Bills, and certificates of deposit), accounts receivable (the amount of money you are owed for products and services delivered that have not been paid for), inventory, prepaid expenses and other items.

Current assets are a major element of a company’s working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) that presents the amount of funds available to pay off short-term or current liabilities, which we will define later. The more working capital a company has, the greater its liquidity, which implies a more healthy financial position.

Long Term Assets

Next up on the balance sheet are Long Term Assets that consist of non-current assets that have a useful life of longer than 1 year. They include: property and equipment; long term investments; intangible assets such as patents, copyrights, trade names and goodwill; and software.

Long term assets are typically presented on the balance sheet at their cost value minus accumulated depreciation, which equals their net book value. Significant growth in this category can indicate that a company is focusing on or moving into or expanding lines of business that require a greater investment in fixed assets.

Current Liabilities

Current Liabilities consist of all expenses that are payable within 1 year, or sometimes within one operating cycle (the time period required to receive inventory, sell it and collect cash from the sale).

These short term liabilities include accounts payable (for example, unpaid invoices to suppliers), lines of credit, short term loans, accrued expenses (owed money for which no invoice has been submitted), taxes payable and payroll liabilities.

Current liabilities are also used in the calculation of working capital in order to ascertain a company’s level of liquidity as described above. This can provide important insight into the company and give you a sense of whether the company is generating enough revenue and cash in the short term to cover its bills.

Long Term Liabilities

Long Term Liabilities are made up of all obligations that are not due within 1 year of the date the balance sheet was prepared or during the company’s operating cycle. Examples of these liabilities are bonds payable, long term debt, deferred taxes, mortgage payable and capital leases.

A company is over burdened by excessive long term liabilities can equate to high monthly payments and lower cash flow, but some amount of long term obligations can be positive. This is due to the advantages that a company can gain through access to long term financing at low interest rates that can help it expand over a longer time period.

Net Worth

Finally, we come to Net Worth, which is most often referred to as “shareholders equity.” It is calculated by subtracting total liabilities from total assets and represents the amount of money a company would have if it ceased operations and paid off all of its debt. It is calculated the same way you would calculate your personal net worth—you would add the total value of everything you own then subtract all the money you owe.

Banks use this number as a metric for lending decisions because if a company’s assets far exceed its liabilities, it indicates a healthy financial position. On the flip side of the coin, if a company’s net worth is negative, it just means that the amount of money it owes exceeds the value of its assets. It should be noted that this is a common financial situation for an early stage startup that is trying to establish a foothold in its target market and continue to grow until its net worth is positive.

Cash Flow

The Statement of Cash Flows presents the net cash flow for a company over a given time period. It shows how cash enters and leaves a company from three main activities:

  • Operations (sales, inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable)
  • Investing (buying and selling of assets and equipment)
  • Financing (selling of bonds, stock and paying off debt)

If an activity results in cash flowing into the company, it is shown as a positive number. If an activity causes cash to flow out of the company, it is shown as a negative number and placed in parentheses. E.g. $100,000 indicates a positive value, and ($100,000) indicates a negative value.

Cash Flows From Operating Activities

Cash flows from operating activities equates to how much cash has been spent or received from the company’s operations. One item is net income, which supplies cash to a company, or net loss, which indicates a flow of cash out of the company.

Depreciation expense (a yearly decrease in the value of a fixed asset over time resulting from normal wear and tear) and amortization expense (the yearly write-off of the value of an intangible asset over its useful life—e.g., a patent that is granted for 20 years has a 20 year useful life) are non-cash expenses subtracted from gross profit on the income statement. As such, they are added back since they are tax deductable expenses that do not deplete cash on hand.

Changes in working capital (current assets minus current liabilities) are also considered on the statement of cash flows. For example, if the company collects more cash from its receivables, cash increases. If it pays down its accounts payable, then that would reduce the amount of cash the company has on hand.

Investing Activities

Cash used for investing activities include cash spent on long term assets such as real estate, equipment (also called “capital expenditures”), patents, stocks and bonds. Conversely, gains on the sale of long term assets are recorded as cash received by the company. For example, if a company sold a warehouse, that would indicate a positive cash flow, whereas the purchase of stock in another company would constitute a negative cash flow.

Financing Activities

Finally, if a company raises money from investors by issuing securities such as convertible notes or stock, this would result in a positive cash flow to the company. When the company makes payments on its debts or buys back shares, it results in a negative cash flow.

Conclusion

And when all cash inflows and outflows are considered, the resulting amount of cash left over is a company’s net cash position. If a company shows an overall negative cash flow over time, the rate at which it is spending its cash reserves is known as its burn rate. The burn rate is usually quoted in terms of cash spent per month. 82% of startups fail due to the lack of cash flow necessary to survive and grow.

Based on the burn rate, you can figure out the company’s runway, which tells you how long a startup can survive before it will need to earn positive cash flow or raise additional capital (if the company’s finances remain unchanged). A startup’s runway is equal to its total cash reserves divided by its burn rate.

Understanding a company’s financials can help you make a more educated and informed decision when choosing the right startup to invest in. Once you have a good idea of what all of the terms mean, financial information will become easier to understand and faster to review, and in turn, investing will become a more enjoyable experience.

What is Regulation A+?

Regulation A+ (RegA+) was passed into law by the SEC in the JOBS Act, making it possible for companies to raise funding from the general public and not just from accredited investors. Since March 2021, companies have been able to take advantage of the limit’s increase to $75 million. This provides companies the ability to pursue equity crowdfunding without the complexity of regular offerings. So, what investments does RegA+ allow?

Outlined in the act, companies can determine the interest in RegA+ offerings by “testing the waters.” While testing the waters allows investors to express their interest in the offering, it does not obligate them to purchase once the Offering Statement has been qualified by the SEC. Also allowed by the Act, companies can use social media and the internet to both communicate and advertise the securities. However, in all communications, links to the Offering Statement must be provided and must not contain any misleading information.

It is important to understand the two tiers that comprise RegA+. Tier I offerings are limited to a maximum of $20 million and call for coordinated review between the SEC and individual states in which the offering will be available. Companies looking to raise capital through Tier I are required to submit their Offering Statement to both the SEC and any state in which they are looking to sell securities. This was a compromise for those who opposed the preemption that is implemented in Tier II.

For offerings that fall under Tier II, companies can raise up to $75 million from investors. For these offerings, companies must provide the SEC with their offering statement, along with two years of audited financials for review. Before any sales of securities can take place, the SEC must approve the company’s offering statement, but a review by each state is not required. It is also important to note that for Tier II offerings, ongoing disclosure is required unless the number of investors was to fall below 300.

In contrast to typical rounds of fundraising, investors are not required to be accredited, opening the offering up to anyone for purchase. Under Tier I, there are no limits that are placed on the amount a sole person can invest. For unaccredited investors under Tier II, limits are placed on the amount they can invest in offerings. The maximum is placed at ten percent of either their net worth or annual income, whichever amount is greater. To certify their income for investing, unaccredited investors can be self-certified, without being required to submit documentation of their income to the SEC. Additionally, there is no limit placed upon the company as to the number of investors to whom it can sell securities.

Once investors have purchased securities through RegA+ investments, the trading and sale of these securities are not restricted. Only the company that has created the offering can put limits on their resale. This allows investors to use a secondary market for trading these securities.

Through Regulation A+, companies are given massive power to raise funds from anyone looking to invest. With the Act allowing for up to $75 million to be raised, this enables companies to raise capital from a wide range of people, rather than only from accredited investors. With two tiers, companies have the freedom to choose the one that best fits their needs. Regulation A+ and the JOBS Act have the potential to drastically change the investment landscape.

How Regulation Crowdfunding Will Reach $5 Billion

“We are adopting amendments to facilitate capital formation and increase opportunities for investors by expanding access to capital for small and medium-sized businesses and entrepreneurs across the United States.” – SEC, 2021

 

The continuous maturation of the crowdfunding industry has resulted in growth in the development of businesses and innovation. Since 2016, there have been 4,683 capital offerings, a third of which happened in 2021. This increase in crowdfunding spurs entrepreneurship while allowing startups to bring new technologies to market that will have a lasting impact. With over $775 million raised in crowdfunded investments in 2021 alone, this brings the total value of investments to $1.7B. This capital raised fuels companies to grow, create jobs, and positively impact their communities.

 

Growing with Crowdfunding

Before Regulation CF (RegCF), it was challenging for early-stage companies to access the capital they needed since it was often cost-prohibitive. However, this capital is essential for companies to succeed. Regulated crowdfunding is a robust tool for businesses to secure funding, with an average of 43.8% of pre-revenue startups being successful using this method of fundraising. Crowdfunding utilization has been steadily increasing since 2016, but in 2020 the success of startup companies declined to 39% due to COVID. This rebounded in 2021, with overall company success improving and 37% of all capital raised to new-revenue corporations.

 

Crowdfunded Capital

Out of 4,131 companies that have received crowdfunded capital, 2,700 were able to fund enough to innovate in their industry. Ninety-six of these organizations obtained three or more rounds of VC attention utilizing crowdfunding to improve their reach and innovation. With over 1 billion in capital deployed at an average of 1.3 million, these businesses create innovation and bring economic change to local communities.

 

An estimated $2.5 billion was pumped into local communities from crowdfunding companies in 2021, with money flowing as many as six times before leaving the local economy. Another way investment crowdfunding brings money to a community is by creating jobs; companies that utilize regulated crowdfunding support over 250,000 American jobs across 466 various industries. Crowdfunding helps industries grow and prosper, with 28% of funding going to manufacturing industries in the USA to rebuild the American manufacturing industry. Innovation grows with successful crowdfunding, with over 24% of capital being spent on IT services that make our future.

 

The Future of Innovation

 

With substantial growth in hundreds of industries, crowdfunding supplies businesses with the tools to simplify their success. With sizable exits leading to media and returns coverage, over $1 billion has been funded in over 2,500 offerings. This has led to other changes in the market, like a rise in technical innovations and digital assets like NFTs, which has also increased the growth of a secondary market.

 

Crowdfunding is an essential resource for startups, allowing companies to raise capital and turn dreams into reality. Crowdfunding efforts are an investment opportunity that helps organizations reach their goal by gaining the means to build an innovative business. We have seen the growth to $1 billion in record time, following the increase in investment limits earlier this year. Continual innovation and crowdfunding support will only help drive successful raises forward towards $5B.

Using RegA+ For Collectibles

RegA+ is a securities exemption that allows companies to raise capital from accredited and unaccredited investors. There has been a lot of interest around Regulation A+ and its potential uses for companies outside of the traditional tech and biotech sectors. In this post, we’ll take a look at how RegA+ could be used to offer equity crowdfunding opportunities for those in the collectibles space.

 

A Difference in Fundraising

RegA+ funding for collectibles is game-changing and different from the traditional process of raising capital, similar to real estate. This possibility allows issuers to offer collectibles in niche markets to a wide variety of investors who can usually not afford them on their own. Still, these offerings allow passionate audiences to invest in “holy grail” pieces of collecting with the hopes of the collectible appreciating in value. Even in this space, RegA+ for collectibles is closely tied to the theme of democratizing capital and investments. Anyone can participate in an offering and get their share of the pie.

 

Using RegA+ for Collectibles

Using RegA+ to offer equity funding opportunities for those in the collectibles space allows companies to raise up to $75 million per year from accredited and unaccredited investors. Opening up the opportunity to a much larger pool of investors can be crucial for businesses in the collectibles space, especially when seeking investments for high-worth assets.

 

However, the entire process is somewhat new and being figured out. For example, some items like autographs and music memorabilia are more tedious to ensure authenticity compared to something like cars, which have easily trackable and verifiable VINs. With almost anything able to be classified as a collectible, it is an interesting thing that the SEC will need to look at. 

 

Considerations of Collectibles Through RegA+

Collectibles are an interesting application of the RegA+ exemption, and there are a few things to keep in mind:

 

  • It allows investors to take part in collections they may not be able to otherwise.
  • RegA+ provides a high level of transparency and disclosure for investors.
  • More investment opportunities enable the value of collectibles to go up.
  • It may be challenging to find interested investors who have the capital to invest in high-value items.

 

Regulation A+ has opened the doors for a diverse range of companies to receive funding, from real estate to biotech and everything in between. Interestingly enough, one of these opportunities is collectibles. In these scenarios, an issuer will form a company around a collection of certain assets, whether cars, watches, or luxury handbags. Their offerings allow interested investors to own a piece of a collection they’re passionate about that they would not be otherwise able to be a part of.

How Does Social Media Impact RegCF Offerings?

Reg CF allows companies to raise up to $5 million through an SEC-registered intermediary.  Since increasing this limit from $1.07 million in 2021, private companies have raised over $1 billion in Reg CF offerings. This highlights Reg CF’s incredible success in opening the doors to capital for these issuers. For many of these offerings, social media is a key component to success by increasing investor awareness and conducting a successful offering.

 

Social Media’s Impact on Reg CF

 

Social media is essential for companies looking to make a Reg CF offering. It can build awareness and interest among institutional and retail investors and help generate traffic to their offering’s listing on a funding portal or the broker-dealer who hosts the offering. It can expand your crowdfunding campaign’s reach using social tools to raise more money.

 

As soon as companies file their Form C with the SEC, they can begin to communicate outside the funding platform about their offering. However, they must be careful about what they say. They are limited to communications that don’t mention the terms of the offering and “tombstone” communications. Issuers can continue marketing their product or service as usual, as securities regulations understand that the issuer still is running a business and trying to generate a profit. After the Form C has been filed, issuers can also increase the amount of marketing materials they create, as long as they follow SEC guidelines. Issuers are also subject to anti-fraud rules, even in non-terms communications.

 

Capitalizing on Campaigns

 

Building awareness and interest in your Reg CF offerings using social media, you reach investors who may have been unaware of opportunities to invest. Thanks to Reg CF,  startups and established companies alike can get started fundraising quickly with lower initial costs than traditional methods of raising capital. When combined with social media, the result is an effective way to get the word about the raise to many people hoping that they turn into an investor.

 

It has been made clear that social media and mobile marketing are necessary parts of Reg CF offerings. Social media marketing is an increasingly important part of any company’s digital strategy, so having these platforms as part of Reg CF efforts will give issuers the best chance for success with campaigns. It also helps businesses target their current audience to invest in their offering.

 

Social media is an excellent tool for companies to use when making Reg CF offerings. Whether you are looking to raise more money or get the word out about your company, social media can be used in various ways that will help your business grow and succeed with Reg CF.

Why are Data and Research Key in the Private Capital Markets?

Data and research are essential pieces of the puzzle regarding the private capital markets. Investors can make informed decisions about where to put their money, and private markets can attract the best investors by having access to accurate and timely data. By conducting thorough research on potential investments, investors can mitigate risk and maximize return potential.

 

Importance of Data & Research

Private market data provides understanding and predictions of trends, allowing investors to look for companies on a trajectory towards growth and success. Data helps identify these trends and enables investors to make more informed decisions. For example, if a company has the data to demonstrate an upward trend in annual revenue and gross profit, it can be compelling to any potential investor. Investors stay informed of private markets and make informed decisions by private companies providing up-to-date data.

 

Research is necessary to understand the risks and opportunities of any investment. Research helps investors see that a product or service works as intended and solves a real problem or need. Even if the revenue and gross profit look good on paper, investors won’t go for a product that isn’t solving a real problem or helping people. This is because investors need to be aware of any investment’s potential dangers and benefits before putting their money into a private offering. To make an informed decision, private capital investors need to know all they can about the company they are investing in.

 

Conducting Market Research

Private capital investors conduct due diligence on potential investments by reviewing various data sets and conducting company research. This information allows investors to understand the risks and opportunities associated with each asset. Research that demonstrates the viability of a product or service helps investors understand the potential return on investment.

 

There are multiple methods for investors to conduct market research based on private company data. One way is a SWOT analysis, allowing investors to take an in-depth look at a business and its needs to succeed by comparing its strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats. In a rapidly changing market, companies that can demonstrate a trend of growth and success with minimal weaknesses are more likely to attract investment. 

 

Benefiting from Private Capital Research

Investors need to make quick decisions, so having access to up-to-date data is critical. Data is essential for understanding how a company’s market performance affects private company growth. The current market performance also influences an investor’s decision on due diligence on potential investments.

 

Private market data helps paint a more accurate picture of the company and its operations, which can be helpful for both investors and company employees alike. With accurate data, investors can make better decisions regarding where to invest based on their ROI expectations, company performance, and management effectiveness. Presenting data and research provides private companies with feedback from the market, including information about how potential customers feel, what they think about a product, or how successful a product may be compared to the rest of the market.

 

The private capital markets are a haven for risk-averse, long-term investors. With the correct data and research, investors can make more informed decisions and reduce the risk of investing in a company that may not be a good fit for their portfolio. Private capital markets increase transparency by showcasing company data, drawing in potential investors, and allowing more investment opportunities. Whether looking for funding or an investment, it is vital to understand how data and research can help private capital markets grow.

 

Is Email Still King for Reg A, Reg CF, and Reg D Marketing?

This article was originally written by KorePartner Dawson Russell of Capital Raise Agency. View the original post here.

 

Email marketing has been around for a while. You might even be surprised to read that email has been around since the ’70s — over 50 years ago!

 

You’d think that as fast as the digital world moves, such a dinosaur of a marketing strategy would be nothing more than a relic or extinct.

But it’s not.

In fact, email marketing is somewhere in the ballpark of 40 times more of an effective marketing strategy than social media marketing, according to a study conducted by McKinsey & Company.

So why is that?

How is email marketing still king when we now have search engine optimization (SEO), social media marketing, mobile marketing, pay-per-click, content marketing, and influencer marketing all at our fingertips?

Here’s are 3 of the main reasons:

1. It’s Highly Customizable

The most crucial and effective way to have success with your email marketing strategy is to implement what’s known as “customer segmentation.” This means you can use customers’ recent and relevant searches & interests to your advantage and generate custom-made emails for them in a way that is MUCH more effective than other approaches. Customer segmentation also allows you to be much more tactful with your email timing, so you can avoid spamming their inboxes.

Even better, you can pivot your customer segmentation strategy quickly by reviewing click rates, bounce rates, and subscribe & unsubscribe rates.

2. It Provides Better Conversion Rates

It doesn’t matter if your focus is on Reg A email marketing, Reg CF email marketing, or Reg D email marketing, it will still have a better conversion rate than any other method.

Email has been traditionally regarded as the most transactional part of a company or business.

Think about it.

You can generate traffic to your business and/or convert a visitor to an investor with just a single click of a link. They can reply directly, sign-up for other newsletters, forward the email to other potential investors, and more.

According to a study done by Statista, over 93% of Americans between the ages of 22-44 used email regularly, and over 90% of Americans between the ages 45-64. Even 84% of people 65+ were regular email users.

3. It’s a Cinch to Automate

Once you get everything written out and running properly, you can launch a highly effective Reg A, Reg CF, or Reg D marketing campaign, with minimal effort compared to other methods.

With the right automation tools to go along with your campaign strategy, you can create and deliver automated emails that are not only relevant to your subscriber list but generate leads and new investors at the same time.

In Conclusion…

Email marketing really is still the best way to reach out to potential investors and remains the king of the digital marketing world. When utilized and implemented properly, it can build leads to potential investors, and strengthen brand trust and loyalty in a way that enables your fund to grow more than you would’ve thought possible.

PS: did you know that adding PS to your email marketing campaigns could increase click-through rates by an extra 2%?

What is Sustainable Investing?

This blog was originally written by our KorePartners at Raise Green. View the original post here

OK, How Does Sustainable Investing Work?

Some investors seek to make a positive social and environmental impact with their investments and thus, they don’t simply look at the companies who will make them the most money from the get-go. Rather, they seek those companies who are working tirelessly to address a vast array of societal problems. As a result, sustainable investing is also referred to as socially responsible investing (SRI) or ESG investing, as it encompasses the idea that the investor is strongly influenced by environmental, societal, or governmental factors, before contributing money to a particular company. With this type of investment, people are seeking not a short-term financial return, but a longer-term financial return in which their money is being used as a medium for societal progress, environmental impact, and corporate responsibility. In fact, financial return goes hand in hand with ESG progress, as companies with stronger ESG profiles may generate more sustainable profit and cash flow because they tend to be more competitive than their peers (“ESG factors and equity returns – a review of recent industry research,” 2021). Sustainable investing places increasing emphasis on how investments contribute to the good of society, irrespective of how much money was made in the short run.

Sustainable Investing Objectives

Sustainable investing, as a catalyst for societal change, has seen it’s popularity rise in recent years in the face of the climate crisis and compounding social issues. Impact investing serves as one of the catalysts, alongside millennial investors driven by principles, that is lighting a fire under investors to invest their money in companies whose “intrinsic values” drive positive change (“What is Sustainable Investing?,” HBS). Sustainable investing pushes companies to embrace sustainable principles, which can lead to more impactful social and financial returns later on. With respect to Raise Green, sustainable investing is particularly crucial, especially within the context of environmental factors that investors look for in companies to contribute to money. The realm of environmental factors focuses on the impact that a company will have on the environment, such as its carbon footprint, waste, water use and conservation, and clean technology.

Growing Investment Opportunities

Furthermore, this marketplace for sustainable investing is only growing. The United States’ Forum for Sustainable and Responsible Investment identified $17.1 trillion in total assets under management at the end of 2019 using one or more sustainable investing strategies, a 42 percent increase from the $12.0 trillion identified two years prior (“Sustainable Investing Basics,” USSIF). This type of investing has become more desirable because “investors do not have to pay more to align their investments with their values, or to avoid companies with poor environmental, social or governance practices” (“Sustainable Investing Basics,” USSIF). Therefore, with sustainable investing, investors can propagate social impact without losing money. As a whole, sustainable investing is important because it can help contribute to vast infrastructure changes needed in our society to tackle the challenges we face. It allows us to move towards a better and more sustainable future.

The Evolution of Reg A+

During the recent Dare to Dream KoreSummit, David Weild IV, the Father of the JOBS Act, spoke about companies going from public to private, access to capital Reg A+, the future of small businesses raising capital, and the future of the broker-dealer system. The following blog summarizes his keynote address and what Wield believes will be the future of raising capital for small businesses. 

 

Reg A+’s Creation

The JOBS Act, passed in 2012, helped address a significant decrease in America’s IPOs. “When I was vice-chairman of NASDAQ, I was very concerned with some of the market structure changes that went on with our public markets that dropped the bottom out of support for small-cap equities,” said Weild. “80% of all initial public offerings in the United States were sub $50 million in size. And in a very short period of time, we went from 80%, small IPOs to 20%, almost overnight.” The number of operating public companies decreased from about nine thousand to five thousand. The changes in the market significantly restricted smaller companies from growing, unable to go public because of prohibitive costs and other expenses. 

 

Effect on Small Business

After years of lobbying and the passage of the JOBS Act, only one of the seven titles went into effect instantaneously: RegA+. With this new option for raising capital, startups could raise $50 million in money without filing a public offering. The previous maximum was $5 million; this would eventually be increased to $75 million. It also expanded the number of shareholders a company can have before registering publicly, which is essential as companies can raise money from accredited and non-accredited investors through this regulation. RegA+ and the other rules have had a significant impact on the way startups do business. This has been a significant benefit for small businesses, as it has allowed them to raise more money without going through the hassle and expense of becoming a public company. 

 

Reg A+ into the Future

The capital raising process was digitized by taking the investment process and making it direct through crowdfunding, removing economic incentives for small broker-dealers who could not make their desired commission on transactions. This resulted in many of them consolidating out of business and leaving a gap in the private capital market ecosystem that supports corporate finance. Changes to the JOBS Act are beginning to reintroduce incentives for broker-dealers, which will continue to shape the future of private investments as it will continue to facilitate the growth of a secondary market. Wield’s thoughts on the future of capital raising marketing are that the market is not yet corrected, but it is on track. He said: “I would tell you that there’s a great appetite in Washington to do things that are going to improve capital formation.”

 

Getting more players like broker-dealers involved in the RegA+ ecosystem will do nothing but benefit the space. In his closing remarks, Wield said that this would provide for a “greater likelihood that we’re going to fund more earlier stage businesses, which in turn gives us the opportunity to create jobs and upward mobility. Hopefully, since much entrepreneurial activity is focused on social impact companies to solve great challenges of our time, whether it’s in life sciences, and medicine, or climate change, you know, I firmly believe that the solutions for climate change are apt to come from scientists and engineers who’ve cracked the code on cutting emissions or taking CO2 out of the atmosphere. And so from where I said, getting more entrepreneurs funded is going to be important to have a better chance of leaving a respectable environment for the next generation.”

Has RegA+ Killed the IPO?

Has RegA+ Killed the IPO?

 

Regulation A+ gives issuers the ability to raise $75 million in crowdfunding while remaining private. With RegA+ benefiting both companies and investors, does this mean the death of IPOs?

 

RegA+, part of the JOBS Act, allows companies to raise funds through the general public, not just accredited investors. With more and more IPOs delayed, unprecedented access to private capital is available to all organizations. With RegA+, anyone can invest in private companies, making it increasingly popular with companies seeking capital, primarily since they can raise a significant amount of funding.

 

The regulatory and monetary hurdles that come with entering an IPO in addition to RegA+ have led to delays in initial public offerings. Since the JOBS Act was passed in 2012, funding opportunities for private companies have improved, especially with the allowance of not-accredited investors opening up a previously untapped pool of prospective investors. Additionally, the secondary private investment market increases liquidity options, allowing investors to sell shares in private companies to others without waiting for the company to go public.

 

Pre-JOBS Act, many companies were forced to go public because they were limited to a certain number of shareholders. With RegA+, this limit is non-existent, allowing them to stay private longer. In 2011, companies stayed private for about five years on average; in 2020, companies were private for an average of 11 years. 

 

RegA+ brings renewed opportunities, especially to small-cap companies. Companies gain access to liquidity, investors, and significant capital growth that would not have otherwise occurred. RegA+ offers substantial advantages over the traditional IPO. As our KorePartners at Manhattan Street Capital have pointed out:

 

  • “Startups don’t need to spend as much time trying to win over large investors and can focus instead on getting the company ready for the next level. Since Regulation A+ options are still being realized by the people who are now able to tap this investment potential, there is enthusiasm and momentum that is certainly to the advantage of the startups and growth-stage companies.”
  • “Instead of large amounts of capital being raised from a few sources, Reg A+ funding collects smaller amounts from a bigger pool of investors. This means that no single investor will own enough shares to have a controlling stake in what the company does, meaning that the startup can continue to operate as it pleases.”
  • “Word-of-mouth marketing is still considered the most powerful of all promotions, whether it happens in-person or through online means like social media. Main street investors are committing hard-earned money and have more of an incentive to see a return on it. They are more likely to evangelize the brands they have invested in which means a much wider marketing reach than if the company was spreading the word on its own.”
  • “Just as the investors will want to tell other people about the brand, they will also likely want to test out the products or services themselves. This can lead to feedback that improves what the company offers to the public.”

 

These are significant advantages over an IPO that will allow an issuer to secure the capital they need to grow, create jobs, and provide investment opportunities. Especially with everyday investors able to participate, RegA+ does a great job of leveling the playing field and opening opportunities up to those who would have been traditionally excluded from private investment deals.

What is Impact Investing?

Impact investing is the allocation of investments in companies, organizations, and funds to generate social and environmental impact alongside financial returns. Impact investments can be made in developing and developed markets and target various social and environmental issues, including poverty alleviation, climate change, education, and healthcare.

These types of investments come in various forms, each with varying levels of risk and potential returns. Investors should consider the kind of risk they are willing to take and their personal beliefs when considering what kind of impact investments to put their money in.

Some spaces where impact investing is prominent are healthcare, education, and energy, especially renewable energy. There are three main categories of impact investments; debt financing, equity, or mezzanine financing, which involves investors purchasing shares in a company, and direct investments such as buying land for conservation purposes. These represent just a small number of possibilities; there is no one-size-fits-all approach to this style of investing.

Thoughts on Impact Investing

More and more, socially and environmentally responsible practices attract investors, benefiting companies that commit to those practices. Impact investing appeals mainly to younger generations, such as millennials, who want to give back to society; this will likely expand as these investors gain more influence in the market. However, because impact investments are often profitable, they are also attractive for traditional investors looking for ways to make their money work for good without compromising their principles. In 2020, the Global Impact Investing Network released a survey that found more than 88% of impact investors had their financial expectations met or exceeded. 

Since the popularity of impact investments has grown, there have been asset management companies, banks, etc., who have tailored funds to meet the demands of socially responsible investors. Another form of investments, called socially responsible investments, or SRIs, are a subset of impact investments. However, the investment focus of SRIs are more narrow, with an affinity towards companies that align with their views of human rights, responsibility to consumers, and environmental protection.

How Impact Investing Works

Generally speaking, impact investors enjoy an ROI that falls just below the average market rates. But, some instances can see impact investments outperform. Recent data from the University of California shows impact investments have a median return rate of 6.4%, which was one percentage point lower than non-impact focused funds. There are a few significant examples of impact investing in the real world. One example is the work that the Gates Foundation does in developing countries. The Foundation’s initiatives are focused on areas like healthcare and education, creating a positive impact on the people who receive the services and having a ripple effect throughout the community.

Another example is Acumen’s work in Africa, focusing on issues centered around clean water and affordable housing, which significantly impact the quality of life for people in poverty-stricken areas. Finally, Kiva is an organization that allows individuals to loan money on their website at 0% interest. The lender receives tokens every month, which hopefully will turn into capital gains when they are sold. While impact investing is helpful to the planet, it differs from philanthropy in that it requires measurable social or environmental impact and profits. Philanthropy is help given with no expectation of any repayment or benefit. Impact investing must positively impact society and make financial gains for investors; it can’t just be money donated with no return.

Crowdfunding SAFE vs. Traditional SAFE – Key Differences

This blog was originally written for our KorePartner Bian Belley at Crowdwise. View the original article here

 

Since its creation in 2013, the use of the SAFE has proliferated as an early-stage financing instrument and is now used everywhere from Silicon Valley VC deals to online crowdfunding rounds. However, not all SAFEs are created equal.

The SAFEs used in VC rounds and in angel SPVs can be quite different from SAFEs on crowdfunding platforms. Even SAFEs between crowdfunding platforms (e.g. Republic vs. Wefunder) will have key differences that investors should be aware of.

In this article, we will review the basics of the SAFE and discuss key differences between crowdfunding SAFEs and traditional SAFEs.

What is a SAFE?

A Simple Agreement for Future Equity (SAFE) is a type of early-stage investment security that converts to equity at a specified conversion event in the future. It is roughly equivalent to a Convertible Note, only without a maturity date or interest rate.

History of the SAFE

The famed accelerator Y-Combinator originated the pre-money SAFE in 2013. Its use was adopted in Silicon Valley and quickly spread throughout the world. Today, SAFEs are used everywhere from Silicon Valley to online crowdfunding portals, though specific deal terms still vary.

In 2018, YC updated their boilerplate SAFE to be a “post-money” SAFE, which means that it now converts based on post-money valuation instead of pre-money valuation. Another notable update included adding in provisions that explicitly treat the SAFE as equity for purposes of taxes under IRC Section 1202.

The latest post-money YC SAFE templates can be found here; however, many SAFEs on crowdfunding portals still use the pre-money SAFE as of late 2021. Also, conversion triggers in crowdfunding SAFEs are usually different than those found in the standard YC SAFE used in accredited deals, as we will discuss below.

SAFE Deal Term Basics

The two most important deal terms associated with a SAFE are its discount rate and valuation cap.

Some examples of SAFE terms include:

  • SAFE with $5 million valuation cap and a 15% discount
  • Uncapped SAFE (i.e. no valuation cap) with a 25% discount
  • SAFE with a $15 million valuation cap and no discount

As you can see, both the discount rate and the valuation cap will vary between each SAFE. Furthermore, both terms are optional, so a SAFE may have both, or just one or the other (rarely will a SAFE have neither).

SAFE Conversion Examples

A SAFE will convert to equity at the better of either the valuation cap or the discount rate.

Let’s say you invest in a SAFE with a $5 million valuation cap and a 20% discount. Here are some different conversion examples.

  • If the startup raises a follow-on financing round at a $6 million post-money valuation:
    • The valuation cap would be $5 million.
    • The 20% discount would be at an effective $4.8 million valuation ($6M*0.8 = $4.8M).
    • Since the discount rate ($4.8 million) is better than the valuation cap ($5 million), your SAFE would convert under the 20% discount at an effective valuation of $4.8 million.
    • So if current investors in the $6 million post-money round were investing at $1 per share, SAFE investors would get a $4.8/$5*1 = $0.96 per share.
  • If the startup raises a follow-on financing round at a $10 million post-money valuation:
    • The 20% discount would be an effective $8 million valuation.
    • Since the $5 million valuation cap on the original SAFE is a better deal for investors, the SAFE would convert at the valuation cap of $5 million.
    • So if current investors in the $10 million post-money round were investing at $1 per share, SAFE investors would get a $5/$10*1 = $0.50 per share.

Discount rates will give a better conversion price if the follow-on round is similar to the prior round (up to the amount of the discount). For rounds and exits that have much steeper increases in valuation, the valuation cap will give the more favorable terms.

When do SAFEs Convert to Equity?

A SAFE converts to equity at a specified conversion event in the future. Typical conversion scenarios may include an exit (e.g. acquisition, IPO, etc.) or a future financing round, such as a Series A round after an initial Seed round.

Especially on crowdfunding portals, conversion triggers will vary from SAFE to SAFE. Investors should always read the subscription agreement for each deal in its entirety.

The three types of conversion events typically specified in a SAFE include:

  1. Equity Financing Event (e.g. follow-on financing round – e.g. Series A, Series B, etc.)
  2. Liquidity Event (e.g. if there is a merger, acquisition, IPO, or other liquidity event prior to the conversion of the SAFE, that may trigger a conversion to equity)
  3. Dissolution Event (e.g. the company shuts down operations)

Converting into Common vs. Preferred Equity

While the standard Y-Combinator SAFE converts to Preferred Equity, crowdfunding SAFEs — such as those used on Republic and Wefunder — will vary in terms of whether they convert to Common Stock or Preferred Stock.

Common Stock is the type of equity held by founders and employees of a company, while Preferred Stock is the type of equity typically held by investors. Among other differences, Preferred Stock typically comes with a liquidation preference (e.g. 1X, 2X, etc.), meaning Preferred shareholders will be paid back prior to Common shareholders should the company be liquidated.

Both Common and Preferred shareholders are paid after debt-holders and creditors, and that’s only if there is anything left to be paid.

SAFEs that Convert to Shadow Series Shares

Some crowdfunding SAFEs, such as the Republic Crowd Safe, may convert to “Shadow Series” shares.

This essentially means that Crowd Safe holders will receive the same class of shares (e.g. Common or Preferred), only those shares will have limited voting and information rights.

What Happens When a SAFE Company Fails?

If a startup fails, investors will be paid out based on the “dissolution event” provisions of the SAFE terms and the “liquidation priority” order.

In general, investors should not expect to receive any capital back when a company fails, since the proceeds of the failure, if any, will first be paid to debt holders.

In the standard Y-Combinator post-money SAFE terms, a SAFE is paid out:

  • junior to payments of outstanding indebtedness and creditor claims,
  • on par with other SAFEs and Preferred Stock, and
  • senior to Common Stock.

This is typically found under the “Liquidation Priority” section of the SAFE terms.

Summary of Crowdfunding SAFE Differences

Now that we have a solid understanding of the deal terms and basics of the SAFE, we can review the most common differences between crowdfunding SAFEs and traditional SAFEs:

  1. Crowdfunding SAFEs may have optional conversions: in some crowdfunding SAFEs (such as Republic’s Crowd Safe), shares convert at the next equity financing round at the discretion of the issuer (i.e the startup). While most traditional SAFEs are forced to convert at the next qualified financing round, many crowdfunding SAFEs give the company the option to either convert to equity or defer conversion until a later time.
    1. While this may sound like a bad thing for investors at first, we’ll discuss in a future article why this can be a win-win for both the company and the investors.
  2. Crowdfunding SAFEs may convert to Shadow Series shares: in the Republic Crowd Safe, the SAFE may convert to shadow shares, which means the same class of shares (e.g. Common vs. Preferred) as other investors, but with limited voting and information rights.
  3. Crowdfunding SAFEs Investing via an SPV: When you invest in a SAFE on Wefunder, you’ll often be investing in a Special Purpose Vehicle (SPV). While this is typical for angel investors on sites like AngelList, this means you’ll actually be investing in the SPV (e.g. “Company X, a Series of Wefunder SPV LLC”), and not be directly investing in the company itself.
    1. Investing in an SPV may have potential tax implications (because the SPV is an LLC). Furthermore, investing in an SPV may have implications in terms of the potential future liquidity of that investment due to complications when listing SPV shares on a secondary market.
  4. Many Crowdfunding SAFEs are still Pre-Money: while the standard Y-Combinator SAFE was changed to convert based upon post-money valuation in 2018, many of the SAFEs used on crowdfunding sites today are still using pre-money valuation for the conversion price.
  5. Some Crowdfunding SAFEs may have repurchase rights: something that most VCs and angel SAFEs would never have is a “repurchase rights” or “redemptive clause”. These terms allow the company to buyback SAFE investors at the company’s discretion, which typically happens if a later-stage VC wants to “clean up” the cap table (i.e. get more control and ownership for themselves) or when the company is doing well and wants to buy out early investors. As we’ll discuss in a future article, investors should avoid SAFEs with these terms. These terms put the company’s best interests at odds with that of the investors’.
    1. The good news is that I have not seen any SAFEs recently with these repurchase terms (although I have seen some Common Stock offerings on some platforms with repurchase rights, so be careful!). It seems that crowdfunding portals have realized that these repurchase rights often end poorly for investors and are used by issuers who might not have their crowdfunding investors’ best interests at heart.

How Does a Transfer Agent Protect Issuers and Investors?

A transfer agent is responsible for the custody of securities and preserves books and records. They also keep up with who owns what investment, which can be especially important if a company goes bankrupt or merges with another entity. Transfer agents are a crucial part of the securities industry and something all investors and issuers should be aware of. They help protect companies and investors by ensuring that transactions go smoothly while maintaining accurate ownership records and paying dividends every quarter.  

 

Without a qualified transfer agent who can complete these tasks efficiently, the risks for all parties increase; private issuers would be more vulnerable because they might not find errors, incorrect ownership information, or inaccurate assets. These inaccuracies may lead investors to incur higher costs, losses from missed market transactions, suffer from delayed payments, deliveries of dividends, and face unanticipated tax liabilities for unclaimed assets.

 

To protect issuers, transfer agents maintain an accurate and current record of share ownership and make sure that this information is reported accurately to them. Transfer agents provide issuers with a complete list of their shareholders and guarantee that these records are up-to-date. It is the job of the transfer agent to make sure that any changes in ownership are correctly recorded and reported to the issuer so both parties are protected from future complications or confusion. They are essential when issuers deal with investors, giving issuers a detailed account of who investors are and the amount of equity they have remaining. 

 

Transfer agents protect investors by ensuring their brokerage account is accurate and up to date. Agents view new transactions to ensure they’re coming from the correct party, and they review brokers’ reports for mistakes or fraud. Without transfer agents, the ability to track ownership and transactions would be nonexistent. Perhaps more importantly: if we didn’t have transfer agents, it would become impossible for shareholders to trade their securities. This would severely limit liquidity in the secondary market since it would become impossible for anyone who wanted to sell a share to find anyone willing to buy it. By allowing investors to view accurate and complete information on the company they are investing in, investor confidence is increased by this transparency and availability.

 

Additionally, transfer agents maintain investor financial records and track investor account balances. These agents usually belong to a bank, trust company, or similar establishment. Agents record transactions, process investor mailings, cancel and issue certificates, and more. Transfer agents protect issuers and investors by ensuring records maintain correct ownership and credentials at all times, making transfer agents the security link between these two parties; all agents must be registered with the SEC

 

Transfer agents are a vital part of the financial world. They provide a valuable service for issuers and investors by ensuring that trades happen smoothly, issuing new shares during an offering, or transferring ownership from one investor to another.  They play a pivotal role in protecting issuers and investors by assuring that they have a reliable, efficient process for handling transfers and executing trades on behalf of their clients.

Crowdfunding with IRAs

This blog is was written by our KorePartners at New Direction Trust Co. View the original article here

 

It would be an understatement to say the financial landscape has changed in the past decade. Businesses accept payments with Square, investors buy stocks through apps while listening to podcasts, and cryptocurrency went from geek niche to cultural phenomena overnight. Alongside these is another monumental shift: crowdfunding.

What is crowdfunding?

Crowdfunding is a type of investment in a business or venture. However, unlike angel investing or stock purchases, crowdfunding typically involves smaller sums from a large group.

There are multiple types of crowdfunding, each with a slightly different purpose:

  • Rewards-based crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding is the most well-known, thanks to Kickstarter. In rewards-based crowdfunding, people invest in a company in exchange for a reward, typically a discounted final product or service.
  • Donation-based crowdfunding: This is charitable crowdfunding, in which people donate their money expecting nothing in return. Donation-based crowdfunding is typically used by charities looking to fund a project or to help with medical bills or recovery expenses via sites like GoFundMe.
  • Debt-based crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding is used when a company needs a large sum of money to cover some kind of expense or acquisition. In exchange for donations, the recipient typically promises some kind of repayment to those donating.
  • Equity-based crowdfunding: In equity-based crowdfunding, investors put their money into a company in exchange for shares. This type of crowdfunding gives startups the chance to grow through funding, and investors the opportunity for a potential return on their investment.
  • Real estate crowdfunding: This type of crowdfunding involves multiple people pooling their money together to fund any kind of real estate project. Real estate crowdfunding can be as simple as buying a rental property with multiple people or funding a new building entirely.

Beyond the above-listed types, there are other types of crowdfunding that offer different returns and possibly perks for investors.

How does crowdfunding with an IRA work?

Crowdfunding with a self-directed account is surprisingly straightforward, thanks largely to the 2011 JOBS Act. Crowdfunding with a self-directed account involves only a few simple steps.

  • Verify you have the right kind of tax-advantaged account. Crowdfunding through your IRA or Solo 401k requires a self-directed IRA or Solo 401k.
  • Choose a trust company specializing in self-directed IRAs or Solo 401ks to custody the asset you’re interested in. This company will handle the details of ensuring your assets are used to crowdfund the asset of your choice.
  • Open and fund your account. This is typically done via a transfer or rollover of existing funds from an IRA or Solo 401k, or you can choose to contribute new funds subject to contribution limits.
  • Select what kind of investments you’d like to make, real estate crowdfunding or another type of crowdfunding.
  • Complete the investment process and monitor your account for performance.

If the above process sounds simple, good, it should be. The right trust company will take care of the transactions while leaving you in the driver’s seat.

Four Red Flags When Crowdfunding

Crowdfunding can make for great investment opportunities and generate excellent returns. But, like all investing, crowdfunding involves risks.

  • The company has no online footprint. If you Google the company or founders and find nothing, this is a big red flag. Any enterprise trying to raise money should have some level of awareness around their product or opportunity. And if nothing else, the founders should have some kind of presence online. If you’re unable to find any history about the opportunity or those behind it, proceed with caution and look for other opinions.
  • The opportunity guarantees returns. Some opportunities really are too good to be true. Language like “guaranteed returns” or “double your investment” and so on is a sign the company is trying to mislead you. There are few guarantees in life, and investments are far from them. While some investments, like government-backed certificates of deposit, are safer than others, you won’t find a guarantee on a crowdfunding opportunity.
  • The math is funky. This point is especially relevant when you’re dealing with real estate crowdfunding. Closely examine the numbers when looking at investment properties. If the account holder claims you’ll make a certain amount but you’re not arriving at the same number after expenses, taxes, and other costs are factored in, double check the math. You may need to move on.
  • The valuation is inflated. When you’re looking at crowdfunding a startup, pay close attention to the valuation. It’s not unheard of for companies or crowdfunding platforms to inflate the valuation of a startup to draw more investors. If a company is brand new with no backing, it’s unlikely they’re worth $600 million. If the deal feels too good to be true, it might be.

What are the Benefits of Digital Securities for Issuers and Investors?

With the emergence and development of blockchain technology, digital securities have seen wider adoption by investors and investment firms. Arising from the need for protection against fraud and as a way for investors to ensure asset ownership, digital securities are a digital representation of traditional securities and follow the same regulatory rules. Since their first appearance, digital securities have come to represent any debt, equity, or asset that is registered and transferred electronically using blockchain technology. 

 

Digital securities are made possible by blockchain, also known as “distributed ledger technology”. Distributed ledger technology is a database where transactions are continually appended and verified across by multiple participants, ensuring that each transaction has a “witness” to validate its legitimacy. By the nature of the system, it is more difficult for hackers to manipulate, as copies of the ledger are decentralized or located across multiple different locations. Changes to one copy would be impossible, as the others would recognize it as invalid.

 

Distributed ledger technology allows digital securities to be incredibly secure. Ownership is easily recorded and verified through the distributed ledger, a huge benefit over traditional securities. Any transfer of digital securities is also recorded and with each copy of the transaction stored separately, multiple witnesses of the transaction exist to corroborate it. 

 

With traditional securities, investors can lose their certificate of ownership or companies can delete key files detailing who their investors are. Without a certificate, proving how many shares an investor owns would be incredibly challenging. In contrast, digital security ownership is immutable. Investors are protected by always being able to prove their ownership since the record cannot be deleted or altered by anyone. Additionally, investors can view all information that is related to the shares they’ve purchased, such as their voting rights and their ability to share and manage their portfolios with both accuracy and confidence. 

 

Since the record is unchangeable, it also serves as a risk management mechanism for companies, as the risk of a faulty or fraudulent transaction occurring is removed. Digital securities are also greatly beneficial to the company when preparing for any capital activity since the company’s records are transparent and readily available. With traditional securities, the company would typically hire an advisor to review all company documents. If the company has issued digital securities, this cost is eliminated, as it is already in an immutable form.  

 

Also making digital securities possible are smart contracts that eliminate manual paperwork, creating an automated system on which digital securities can be managed. Integrated into the securities is the smart contract, which has preprogrammed protocols for the exchange of digital securities. Without the time-consuming paper process, companies can utilize digital securities to raise funds from a larger pool of investors, such as the case with crowdfunding. Rather than keeping manual records of each transaction, the smart contract automatically tracks and calculates funds and distributes securities to investors. 

 

Companies that are looking to provide their investors with the ability to trade digital securities must be aware that they are required to follow the same rules set by the SEC for the sale and exchange of traditional securities such as registering the offering with the SEC. This ensures that potential investors are provided with information compliant with securities regulation worldwide. According to the SEC, investors must receive ongoing disclosures from the issuer so they can make informed decisions regarding ownership of their securities. Companies that are not compliant with the SEC can face severe penalties and may be required to reimburse investors who purchased the unregistered offerings. 

 

Besides the companies offering securities, broker-dealers must also register with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA). Similarly, platforms on which digital securities can be traded must register as an Alternative Trading System operator with the SEC. Both broker-dealers and ATS operators can face severe penalties if not properly registered. 

 

Possibly the greatest benefit of digital securities is that it allows for smoother secondary market transactions. With records of ownership clear and unchangeable, an investor can easily bring their shares to a secondary market. Transactions are more efficient and parties have easy access to all necessary information regarding the securities being traded, removing the friction that is typically seen with traditional securities. 

 

At KoreConX, the KoreChain platform is a fully permissioned blockchain, allowing for companies to issue fully compliant digital securities. Records are updated in real-time as transactions occur, eliminating errors that would occur when transferring information from another source. The platform securely manages transactions, providing investors with support and portfolio management capabilities. Additionally, the KoreChain is not tied to cryptocurrencies, so it is a less attractive target for potential crypto thieves. KoreChain allows companies to manage their offerings and company data with the highest level of accuracy and transparency.

 

Since digital securities face the same regulatory rules as traditional ones, investors are protected by the SEC against fraudulent offerings. This, together with the security and transparency that blockchain technology allows, creates a form of investment that is better for investors and issuers alike. Since the process is simplified and errors are decreased without redundant paperwork, issuers have the potential to raise capital more efficiently. They will also be better prepared for future capital activity. For investors, a more secure form of security protects them from potential fraud and losses on their investments. With digital securities still in their infancy, it will be exciting to see how this method of investment changes the industry. 

What is the Difference Between the Public and Private Capital Markets?

 

The public and private capital markets work differently, but both sectors play essential roles in supporting economic growth. Companies raise funds for long-term growth and acquisitions in the public capital market, usually through debt instruments like bonds or stock, while private companies raise capital through private investments.  This article provides an overview of the differences between the two types of capital markets, including how they function and their role in economic development. 

 

Public Capital Markets

Public capital markets consist of equity and debt markets where buyers and sellers trade with each other daily. Many companies use this type of market to raise new capital or sell their existing stocks. It is typically easier for publicly traded companies to use these markets than private ones because traditionally, a wider pool of investors is available, and shares provide a significant amount of liquidity. Most investors use public markets to invest in companies, which buys them a partial interest in a company. It is also where many companies go when they want to raise new capital to fund their business operations. 

 

Private Capital Markets

Private capital markets are where privately-held companies can sell equity to investors like private equity, venture capital firms, and even individuals. This sale of securities is typically exempt from registration with the SEC and may come in the form of a Reg A, Reg CF, or Reg D offering. Before the JOBS Act, these types of investments were limited to high net-worth individuals and institutional investors. Post JOBS Act, even everyday investors can get a piece of a private company, which may offer a significant return if that company ever goes public through an IPO. Additionally, offerings in the private sector typically cost less to the issuer than an IPO, which makes JOBS Acts exemptions a very attractive form of fundraising. 

 

Because of the history of the private capital markets, there are misconceptions that it is expensive to invest. However, Reg A and Reg CF offerings can be affordable for investors, with investments for hundreds of dollars or less. However, non-accredited investors are limited to the amount they can invest each year by their annual income or net worth. The same restrictions don’t apply to private companies. Additionally, investors in the private capital markets have the potential for liquidity through alternative trading systems. 

 

Publicly traded companies are listed on an exchange so that anyone can buy their stocks. This means they have to follow specific guidelines set by the SEC to maintain listing requirements. Private company stock is not publicly available for trading, but there are still ways you may be able to get your hands on some shares. It’s important to note that different securities trade differently depending on where they’re bought from, and choosing the public or private capital market is the first step in any investment.

 

 

 

The Economy and the Private Capital Markets

The economy and the private capital markets are intrinsically linked; many of the largest companies in America exist because of investments within the private capital markets. When you invest your money, it is essential to understand how the economy and this market interact.

 

Capital markets are a system in which capital is transferred between people or institutions with capital to invest and companies who need it, fueling the economy with jobs, goods, and services. Unlike the public market, which consists of companies listed on a stock exchange and registered with the SEC, private companies are not required to be SEC-registered. Investments in this sector include alternative investments like private equity, JOBS Act exemptions, venture capital, and private lending. 

 

Although public companies have a significant impact on the economy, the number of private companies far outweighs the number of public companies. As of 2020, close to 6,000 companies were traded on NASDAQ or the NYSE. It is often more challenging to determine the actual number of private companies since they don’t have to be registered with the SEC. However, there are 31.7 million small companies, which account for 99.9% of US businesses and employ nearly half of the population. Public companies only represent a small fraction of the companies that have a profound effect on the economy.

 

This impact of the private capital market only continues to increase as companies stay private longer. At the turn of the millennium, companies stayed private for an average of four years before their IPO. However, this has since tripled to nearly 12 years. This means that throughout the lifecycle of a private company, they will have much more activity within the private capital markets. 

 

The private capital markets are often overlooked when discussing the economy of a country. However, these markets can be very influential to its economic well-being and citizens, contributing to the GDP and providing employment opportunities. Private capital markets affect the economy by providing loans for businesses and allowing new investments to take place. In turn, these companies can continue to innovate to bring new products and services to market. As the economy recovers from the pandemic, the influence of private companies will continue to affect our economy and encourage its growth.

What is an NFT?

A non-fungible token, more commonly known as NFTs, is a unique cryptographic asset that cannot be replicated and stored on a blockchain. By definition, fungibility is when an asset can be exchanged with more of the same good or asset–think of a dollar that can be easily exchanged into pennies or nickels and retain the same value. This means that by being non-fungible, NFTs cannot be traded or exchanged for an identical asset; one NFT cannot be exchanged for another NFT.

Throughout 2021, we have seen the meteoric rise in popularity of NFT, which can represent assets from artwork to videos and even real estate. In the case of artwork, it may be hard for someone to understand the value of buying a digital asset. The importance is ownership; the blockchain on which the NFT is stored verifies the identity of the asset’s owner in an immutable ledger. 

In the discussion on NFTs, it is essential to consider that not all digital assets are classified as securities. Based on the Supreme Court’s Howey case, the Howey Test helps determine whether an investment contract exists and is used to classify digital assets. With this test, an investment contract typically exists “there is the investment of money in a common enterprise with a reasonable expectation of profits to be derived from the efforts of others.” If a digital asset meets these requirements and is classified as a digital security, it must be registered with the SEC or exempt from registration. With registration, issuers are required to disclose certain complete, non-misleading information to investors. 

If an NFT can meet the digital security requirements, they can be offered through raises that happen under exemptions like Regulation A+. NFTs are not bound by federal securities laws and pose a potential investment risk without meeting these requirements. 

What makes an NFT a good investment is its resale potential. If there is no market for the asset and it cannot be resold, it loses its value. It is not like other digital attests like cryptocurrencies, where one bitcoin is always equal in value to another. As the landscape of cryptocurrencies, NFTs, and digital securities continue to evolve, it will be interesting to see their role in the future private capital markets.

 

Cannabis: An Emerging Market for RegA+

Despite remaining illegal at the federal level, the idea of legalizing cannabis is continuing to gain public acceptance, especially in recent years. As of April 2021, 35 states have made medical marijuana legal, with 18 of them legalizing it recreationally. This growth has been tremendous, raising the industry’s value to over $13 billion and directly supporting 340,000 jobs. As of 2019, 67% of Americans believe that regulators should legalize marijuana, an astounding 20% increase from a decade ago.

These factors have created an excellent opportunity for companies in this space. As public perceptions continue to rise, investments in cannabis companies may become more attractive to retail and accredited investors. In 2019, cannabis companies received nearly $117 billion in investments, displaying some of the investors’ significant interest in the space. Opportunities will only continue to increase as the industry progresses. Projections show that by 2028, cannabis will be an industry worth $70.8 billion globally. In the US alone, cannabis sales in the US in 2021 alone are predicted to reach $21 billion. 

The combination of investor interest and industry valuation could mean that raising capital through exemptions like Regulation A+ could prove to be an incredible opportunity for companies and investors alike. Already, many cannabis companies are seeing success through these opportunities. Early this year, Gage Cannabis closed their Regulation A+ offering after securing $50 million in funding and adding 1,000 shareholders to their cap table. This one success is not an outlier, as other issuers have been seeing success as well. 

It will be interesting to see how the industry and investment opportunities within cannabis will expand with the upward trend of public perception. Additionally, as more states continue to legalize, more businesses will emerge, jobs will form, and investors will invest in an emerging market.

Along with our partners, KoreConX hosted a webinar on why RegA+ may be the perfect fit for companies in the cannabis space. If you missed the live event or want to rewatch it, visit our YouTube channel to access the full recording of the event. If you would like to contact any of our speakers or view the full schedule, please visit our KoreSummit site.

$1 Billion Raised Through RegCF

It seems 2021 is the year where we continue to break new ground for the JOBS Act, and today marks a momentous milestone in its history. Fundamentally, the act was designed to empower businesses and democratize capital. Not only has it succeeded in this goal, but it has also allowed companies to create jobs and return ownership to company founders. Recently, the amount of capital raised under Regulation CF offerings has reached an amazing milestone: $1 Billion USD over the lifetime of the exemption. 

 

This tremendous achievement would not have been achieved without the great work done by those in this sector. As of June 2020, there were 51 active RegCF funding platforms, a number that continues to grow as we see continued expansion on offering limits from regulators to make this funding method even more powerful. Now, over a year later, and after RegCF offering limits increased to $5M USD, we see nearly 70 regulated crowdfunding portals registered with FINRA.

 

We would not be arriving at this milestone today without the great work our of KorePartners in the industry, many of which have the same mission of creating equal access to the private capital markets for the everyday investor and include:

 

 

And perhaps most importantly, we would like to thank you: the investors who have poured capital into causes and businesses you are passionate about. Without your investments, we would be a long road away from the milestone we celebrate today. You have made the JOBS Act a reality and a phenomenal success that we could not have achieved without you. The everyday investors have been the lifeblood of this industry, fueling innovation, company growth, and job creations with your investments.

 

With more capital poured into private companies through these regulations, there is more opportunity than ever before for companies to succeed and investors to get involved with innovative, industry-changing companies. Such opportunities were previously unavailable to Main Street investors, but the JOBS Act has radically changed this landscape. After the incredible growth over the last nine years since the JOBS Act’s initial passage, it will be exciting to see how the space progresses over the next decade. 

 

Hooray to $1 Billion USD and counting!

 

As we move into the future, this is the group that will advance RegCF to raise $5 Billion USD for private companies:

Reflecting on Canadian Small Business Week

As Small Business Week comes to a close in Canada, KoreConX reflects on the role small businesses play in the economy. Our mission has long been to empower the private capital markets with the tools needed to take advantage of innovative capital raising opportunities. 

 

Earlier this week, Canadian Prime Minister Justin Trudeau shared his statement on Small Business Week. He said, “As we mark the start of Small Business Week in Canada, we recognize that the past year and a half have been difficult for small businesses, their owners, and their employees. Small businesses across the country were asked to make countless sacrifices to protect the health and safety of people and communities. Through it all, they have shown incredible courage and resilience, and an unprecedented ability to adapt and innovate. And while some businesses have now reopened their doors, many still need support as they continue to grapple with the impacts of the pandemic.”

 

This idea comes jointly with unprecedented access to capital raising opportunities. In March 2021, updated to offering limits under Regulation CF increase to $5 million USD, which small businesses can use to fuel innovation and job creations. When RegCF was first signed into law through the JOBS Act in 2012, the mission was to democratize capital to allow anyone to invest, give company ownership back to founders, and create jobs.

 

With 8.4 million individuals or 68.8% of the Canadian workforce employed by small businesses, it is clear to see their vitally important role in the economy. Similarly, small businesses were responsible for 35.8% of the employment growth between 2014 and 2019. “Small businesses drive our economy by creating the goods and services we need while employing millions of Canadians,” added Trudeau in his statement. 

 

Even as small businesses continue to recover from the global pandemic, capital raising opportunities like RegCF, which are cost-effective, can provide needed relief. Additionally, they can be incredibly successful, especially for small businesses with dedicated and loyal customers willing to invest. 

 

Tokenization in RegA+

As the private capital market continues to undergo a digital transformation, ideas like blockchain, digital securities, and tokenization continue to be discussed by regulators, issuers, and investors. “Tokens” represent actual ownership in a security and is a registered investment vehicle. However, when the term was coined in the mid-2010s, tokens became thought of as unable to support the compliance, regulations, and legal requirements of a security. Instead, digital securities and digital assets became the preferred term to accurately convey the time, effort, and reliability in this form of investment.

 

Digital securities will have a transformative impact on the capital markets. For example, when the public market was built more than 100 years ago, the technological tools of today were unavailable. As the system has aged, it has become antiquated. These new forms of securities will result in a more efficient, equitable, and accessible capital market system for both issuers and investors. However, since the technology is so new, the educational component will be the next hurdle because many still are unaware of what digital securities are. 

 

It is important to consider that digital securities are not about disintermediation, but instead intermediation with the right efficiency and focus, bringing together the right parties like broker-dealers, lawyers, and transfer agents. Unlike other digital assets, digital securities are regulated by securities laws, and having the right processes in place ensures that raises are done compliantly. If a RegA+ raise is structured improperly, it could mean the company has to refund investors of their investment. 

 

Because many investors don’t want to hear the term tokenization or digital asset, the educational component will be essential for the widespread adoption of digital securities. However, as digital securities make investment processes frictionless, we will continue to see how digital securities for RegA+ continue to evolve.

RegA+ for Real Estate

Since the JOBS Act was first passed in 2012, it has vastly changed the way private companies can raise money. One particular industry making use of the Regulation A+ exemption is real estate. In the pre-JOBS Act economy, real estate investment deals were often limited to private equity or family offices that could afford large price tags associated with commercial real estate deals. However, the JOBS Act has done something incredible for the everyday investor; created opportunities for real estate investments that did not previously exist.

 

Traditionally, real estate investments have been capital-intensive, so managing smaller deals were too challenging to make effective. This limited who could participate. 

 

Since updates to offering limits that went live in early 2021, issuers can now raise up to $75 million for Reg+ offerings, making the exemption even more attractive to issuers in real estate. Additionally, the availability of online platforms for these offerings also contributes to their success. 

 

Through RegA+, offerings usually come in the form of a real estate investment trust or REIT to be more efficient, rather than an offering for a single property, due to the length of the SEC approval process. While investors have been able to invest in REITs for a while now, commissions and fees were usually too high and lowered returns. RegA+ for real estate has been able to introduce efficiencies that lower fees, thus, increasing returns that investors may see. 

 

In a report published by the SEC in March 2020, insurance, finance, and real estate accounted for 53% of qualified RegA+ offerings and 79% of the funds raised through the exemption. This indicates that real estate investments are incredibly attractive to investors and seeing significant success through RegA+ offerings. With the recent increase to RegA+ limits, we will only continue to see more real estate investment opportunities through the exemption. 

 

What is a Securities Manual?

For companies to raise capital under the exemptions allowed by the JOBS Act, there are different requirements to maintain compliance with state and federal securities laws. For example, a company looking to raise capital through Regulation A+ must adhere to Blue Sky Laws in each state they are conducting the offering. 

 

Similarly, for a company to allow its shareholders to transact on a secondary market, Blue Sky Laws also must be met. Since each state may have very different compliance requirements, an issuer can file what is referred to as a manual exemption. With the manual exemption, the issuer is required to be listed in a nationally recognized securities manual. 

 

Securities manuals are publications that include specific information and financial statements of an issuer. Examples of securities manuals include Mergent’s and Standard & Poor’s. Listing in these manuals allows issuers to sell securities in a particular state without registration as long as the manual is recognized by the state. The issuer must include:

 

  • The names of issuers, directors, and officers
  • The balance sheet
  • A profit and loss statement from the most recent fiscal year

 

As such, a securities manual is a collection of this data from many companies. For example, Mergent’s has a database of over 25,000 active and inactive companies. By being listed in a similar, nationally recognized manual, an issuer can be a step closer to maintaining compliance for their offering.

KorePartner Spotlight: Scott Allen, CEO of InvestAcq

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem. 

Scott Allen is the CEO of InvestAcq, a firm of investor acquisition specialists. For companies looking to raise capital in the private markets, InvestAcq identifies the best potential investors for RegA+, RegCF, and RegD 506(c) raises to effectively target investors and attract them to the offering. The firm’s specialty is working with companies in the medical industry, such as biotech, medtech, pharma, and life sciences, or those who intend to use RegA+. 

We took some time to speak with Scott to learn more about himself and his firm. Here’s what he had to say. 

 

Q: Why did you become involved in this industry?

 

A: I’ve worked in and with startups and entrepreneurs most of my career. I believe in entrepreneurship—it’s the lifeblood of our economy. And I know startups need access to capital. I’ve seen the downsides of the whole cycle: insufficient capital, insurmountable debt, VCs taking control of companies, spectacular IPOs that went bust within a year.

So when my long-time friend, client, and collaborator Stephen Brock, founder of Medical Funding Professionals, told me about Regulation A+ and his vision for bringing it to the medical innovation sector, I was in. It addresses perhaps the biggest need, in probably the highest impact industry. What could be better than helping put money to good use saving lives and improving quality of life?

 

Q: What services does your company provide for RegA offerings?

 

A: We are investor acquisition specialists. We use the latest marketing techniques to help companies find the best potential investors for your offering, effectively tell them your story, and make it as easy as possible for them to invest.

Our company offers a complete multi-channel integrated marketing solution, including marketing strategy, web design, email marketing, content marketing, social media, digital advertising, public relations, and investor relations. We particularly focus on the idea of “Sell the story, not the stock” — we see strong brand marketing as the foundation of everything else. Research shows that strong brands achieve a higher return on ad spend and ultimately higher market caps. In a Regulation A+ offering, telling the company’s story well attracts the investors you want—impact investors who believe in your vision and will become advocates for your business.

 

Q: What are your unique areas of expertise?

 

A: One thing that’s unique to our firm is our experience in the healthcare sector. In addition to the SEC and other regulatory compliance issues, we also have to deal with FDA regulations and guidelines. While compliance is still ultimately up to the issuer and their attorneys, having a communications team that’s experienced in those issues reduces a lot of back-and-forths, and really speeds up the process. We even occasionally catch things that the attorneys miss, so having another set of experienced eyes on that content adds an extra layer of protection.

Personally, I have over 25 years of experience in digital marketing and several more in traditional marketing before that. While I have a broad range of experience, my unique area of expertise is social media, and more broadly, virtual business relationships. I got into social media in 2002, before it was even called social media. I co-authored the first book on social media marketing, The Virtual Handshake: Opening Doors and Closing Deals Online, and have trained or consulted with hundreds of clients over the past 19 years.

 

Q: What excites you about this industry?

 

A: Five things:

1. Getting capital in the hands of people with products that can impact people’s lives and change the world. They can only have that big impact if they can get the money they need to complete their research and development, go to market, and scale.

2. Helping those innovators stay in control of their company so they can execute their vision.

3. Making sure those founders, early investors, and early hires reap fair rewards for their vision and efforts. To me, late money should never be as valuable as early sweat.

4. Helping CEOs stay focused on executing their business plan. With traditional angel / VC / private equity, the CEO basically has to take 6 months to a year away from their company to focus on fundraising. “Run your raise, or run your company. You can’t do both.” A typical VC round requires 100+ investor meetings, on average, plus countless hours of due diligence, emails, and other support. With Reg A+, much of the activity is shifted to an investor acquisition firm like us. And much of the time the CEO spends is leveraged — one webinar to hundreds of potential investors, one video that lasts for months and every potential investor will see — not hundreds of one-on-one meetings.

5. Reg A+ is good for investors. GREAT for investors. We believe everyone should be able to invest in early-stage and growth-stage companies. Until recently, most people could only invest in companies listed on the public stock exchanges. Main Street investors couldn’t get in on IPOs. Now nearly any investor can get in on innovative companies before they go public. It’s your money—you should be able to invest it where and how you want—have an impact on the world with how you choose to invest.

 

Q: How is a partnership with KoreConX the right fit for your company?

 

A: KoreConX is the industry leader for private market fintech. It’s been years in development and has more real-world testing than any other solution.

Also, as a marketer, I love the fact that KoreConX allows us to control the investor relationship from start to finish. We have visibility into every step of the process that you don’t get on the equity crowdfunding platforms.

Most of all, though, KoreConX has been an enthusiastically proactive partner; joining us for sales calls, building custom branded demos for our prospects, promoting us through the partner program, and even working with us to put on a KoreSummit focused on our industry niche.

 

Watch Scott’s KoreSummit panel on Investor Acquisition in Medtech and Life Sciences here.

 

As a Canadian Company, can Canadians Invest in Your RegA+?

We have extensively discussed how Americans can invest in securities offered under Regulation A+. However, Canadian companies can also use the exemption to raise capital to fund their businesses. Despite the ability for Canadian companies to use Reg A+, this was a decision made by US regulators, as the JOBS Act is a US, not Canadian, law.

 

Because Reg A+ is a US regulation, it makes it incredibly simple for Canadian companies to raise money from investors based in the United States. They go through the standard procedures for Tier 1 or 2 offerings before making the offering available to investors. On the other hand, Canadians investing in Canadian companies through Reg A+ is a little more challenging to be done.

 

In theory, it is possible. The issuer would need to be qualified in each Canadian province they are conducting the offering in. They can seek a Canadian equivalent of a broker-dealer to structure the offering so that investors can invest. In practice, this is not done very often, as meeting compliance requirements for all Canadian provinces is challenging in addition to US compliance requirements. In addition, the cost would be far more than the potential upside. Interestingly enough, Canadian regulators have created rules for secondary trading that give Canadian investors more opportunities to invest. Canadian investors can “hop the border,” so to speak, and buy securities in a secondary market transaction. This allows Canadians to purchase securities in a Canadian company.

 

Even though Canadian companies could technically raise money from Canadians under Reg A+, it is often cost-prohibitive. That does not mean investors are out of luck. Through secondary market transactions, Canadian investors can purchase securities in Canadian companies, allowing them to become shareholders.

Why do I need a FINRA Broker-Dealer?

Broker-dealers are an essential part of the fundraising process. These entities can be small, independent firms or part of a large investment bank. However, regardless of a broker-dealer’s size, they are in the business of buying or selling securities. In this sense, whenever a broker-dealer executes orders for clients, they act as a broker, while trading for its own account means they are acting as a dealer. 

 

In the United States, Congress has granted the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) authorization to protect American investors by ensuring that brokers operate fairly and honestly. The organization is non-governmental and non-profit, acting independently to ensure that the rules governing brokers are adhered to. The organization states: “Every investor in America relies on one thing: fair financial markets.” FINRA oversees over 624,000 brokers across the country, ensuring that their activities adhere to all necessary rules. 

 

As a company engaged in capital market activities, choosing a broker-dealer to work with is critical to your success. For example, under Regulation A+, some states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities in that jurisdiction. This allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. Additionally, working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer will give potential investors more confidence in the compliance of your operations. FINRA registration ensures that your broker-dealer partner has:

 

  • Been tested, qualified, and licensed;
  • Every securities product is listed truthfully;
  • Securities are suitable for an investor;
  • And investors receive complete disclosure.

 

This information ensures that broker-dealers are operating in the best interests of the investors, ensuring that the issuer provides all necessary and required information to make good investment decisions. In addition, investors (and issuers) can verify a broker-dealer’s status through BrokerCheck, a service provided by FINRA. BrokerCheck gives information on a broker-dealer’s licensing status, whether they are registered to give investment advice or registered to sell securities. Additionally, the service allows people to see regulatory actions against brokers, complaints, and employment history. Through this information, investors can validate the status of a broker to ensure they are dealing with legitimate firms. 

 

As an issuer, a FINRA broker-dealer improves compliance measures. The broker-dealer will be required to perform regulatory checks on investors such as KYC, AML, and investor suitability to ensure investors are appropriate for the company. Additionally, they will perform due diligence on you so that they can be assured that your company is operating in a manner compliant with securities laws so that they do not present false information to investors. Failing to meet compliance standards can result in the issuer being left responsible for severe penalties, such as returning all money raised to investors. 

 

Working with a FINRA-registered broker-dealer ensures that, as a company, you are meeting all legal requirements when offering securities for sales. FINRA makes sure that broker-dealers, and the issuers they work with, act transparently and honestly to keep the private capital market fair for investors.

 

How Does RegA+ Impact the Life Sciences Industry?

Since dramatic improvements to Regulation A that went into effect in 2015, the exemption has become a tremendous tool allowing private companies to raise significant capital. Unlike other funding methods, RegA+ allows companies to raise capital more efficiently with less hassle at a lower cost. 

 

Companies in diverse industries can benefit from the power exemptions like RegA+ give them to raise unprecedented capital in the private market. Before the JOBS Act, private investments were limited to wealthy, accredited investors, private equity firms, venture capital, and other players. However, when the legislation opened up investment opportunities to retail investors, companies were suddenly able to tap into a new pool of potential investors. In addition to making investment opportunities more accessible, the JOBS Act was also created to create jobs and foster innovation in America. 

 

These factors make RegA+ particularly well-suited for the life sciences industry. Retail investors typically make investments in companies they support and believe in. Life science companies aim to develop innovative treatments for medical conditions, make life easier for those with chronic conditions, and discover new medicines that can dramatically improve a patient’s life. Through RegA+, the ability of the everyday individual to invest in these deals is powerful. People will want to invest in a company developing treatments for conditions that have personally affected their lives or a loved one. 

 

Recent research has found that, in the post-JOBS Act economy, there has been a 219% increase in biotech companies going public in an IPO. Many of these companies are focused on developing treatments for rare conditions and cancers. Funding received through JOBS Act exemptions has significantly reduced the time to IPO after benefiting from raising earlier capital at a lower cost. Not only does this have beneficial economic implications, the advancement and funding of life sciences companies will positively impact humanity itself. Being able to identify treatments to life-threatening conditions can extend lifespans and enhance the quality of life significantly. Instead of certain conditions having terminal diagnoses, patients would have options to recover and treat their illnesses. 

 

However, companies in the life sciences space typically require significant capital to fund research and development, clinical trials, and regulatory approval. Since the increase of RegA+ to a maximum of $75 million in March 2021, even more companies will likely begin to explore this capital raising route. If companies can raise needed capital sooner and easier, they can bring their innovative medical treatments, devices, and medications to market sooner as well. This means that patients would begin to benefit from new, lifesaving options even sooner. 

 

How the Unaccredited Investor Benefits from RegA+

The passage of the JOBS Act in 2012 set in motion a significant change for the private capital markets. For so long, investments in private companies could only be done by wealthy accredited investors who would benefit immensely if the company was ever to go public during an IPO. While the everyday person has long been able to buy stocks of a public company, the potential for such a significant return on their investment was low. It was thought that this was to protect investors from the risk of a private company. 

However, the JOBS Act has rewritten this narrative, allowing anyone to invest in private companies raising capital through exemptions like Regulation A+. When the act was first passed into law, companies could raise up to $5 million. However, it has since undergone a few notable changes that transformed it from an infrequently used exemption to one that allows companies to raise a significant amount of capital. The first came in 2015 when Title IV amended the JOBS act to allow companies to raise up to $20 million and $50 million from tier 1 and tier 2 offerings, respectively. Again in 2020, the SEC announced further amendments allowing companies to raise up to $75 million through tier 2 offerings, which went into effect March 15, 2021. 

The amendment increased the availability of capital for private companies and created incredible investment opportunities for non-accredited investors. For investments in tier 1 offerings, there are no limits placed on investors, while tier 2 offerings limit non-accredited investors to a maxim of 10% of the greater of their net worth or annual income.

Since the change in 2015, SEC data shows the impact it has had on the number of offerings under this exemption. In 2015, only 15 companies had qualified for either tier 1 or tier 2 offerings. In 2019, this number had increased to 487 companies. With so many companies conducting offerings under Regulation A, and the number increasing year over year, there are more opportunities than ever for the non-accredited investor. They are free to research investment opportunities, deciding if the investment fits with their investment goals and risk tolerance. They are free to identify companies that align with their philosophies, values, and causes that are important to them. For example, an investor may have a strong affinity for reducing their environmental impact. They can choose to invest in a company that also upholds this same value. 

In addition, the emergence of a secondary market for private company investments opens up a new possibility for liquidity. Previously, private company shares could only be sold or traded once a company had gone public. However, now investors have the opportunity to sell their shares to other interested investors.

The JOBS Act has allowed non-accredited investors to enter the playing field in the private capital market. Just as the companies who can now use RegA+ to raise capital, investors can use the offerings as an opportunity to make a profit and support companies they believe in. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Jake Gallagher, Director of Business Development at North Capital

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners contributing to its ecosystem.

 

Jake Gallagher has always been interested in business. He wanted to know how they worked and why some were sustainable while others were not. On top of that, the private market for company offerings has presented challenges to businesses entirely separate from those faced by public offerings.

 

This has no doubt been part of the reason he works with North Capital Private Securities as the Director, Business Development. There, he works directly with issuers and helps with transactional compliance, but beyond that is the use of RegTech to streamline broker-dealer processes like KYC (Know Your Client) and accredited investor verification. 

 

The difference that makes North Capital Private Securities and Jake unique is their work in both primary issuance and the secondary market for private market shares. Jake is well versed in both, having worked with many sectors and exemptions including, Reg A and D, VC, and hedge funds. In addition, PPEX, the ATS platform that North Capital Private Securities operates, makes trading on the secondary market easier for investors and provides options for liquidity in the private capital market.

 

The most exciting thing about the current climate of the private sector is that these options have provided for extreme growth, as more investors are ready and able to participate in the offerings of private companies. While it is a small ecosystem, the changes that have come in the last few years for who can participate in private market offerings are fueling the growth of many companies that would have otherwise been on the public market before they were ready. 

 

Jake is thrilled about the partnership with KoreConX. He anticipates they will work together on primary offerings and secondary trading, bringing together a significant experience that can only benefit all involved. 

Stock Options for Employees

Stock exchanges have a long history within America. The first was the Philadelphia Stock Exchange, originally the Board of Brokers of Philadelphia, founded in 1790 and was followed by the New York Stock Exchange two years later. For nearly as long as the United States has been a country, they have had brokers buying and selling stocks. 

 

Since the latter half of the 20th century, however, the idea of stock options for employees has been popular as an incentive tool for employees to have a vested interest in the company’s success. For both publicly traded and private companies, offering employees the opportunity to be awarded or purchase shares is a powerful incentive. This practice has continued into the modern-day, as grantees (the employee or executive of a company) can receive the option to buy stock in the company for a fixed price in a finite time. This process also includes a vesting period, which is a period of time that a grantee will need to wait before they can exercise their stock options.

 

There are two main types of stock options, Incentive stock options (ISOs) and Non-qualified stock options (NSOs). The difference between these types is that the former is usually offered to top talent and executives while being treated as capital gains when taxed, while the latter is granted to employees of all levels and considered income when taxed after being exercised. For example, as an incentive to continue excellent performance, a company can give an employee or executive the option to buy 500 shares in the company at $5. As the name indicates, this is an option that an employee is granted the right to do, but it is not an obligation. If the employee buys the stock at $5 over the period designated by the company, the employee will then have the option to sell the share after the vesting period has passed. 

 

Most plans for employee stock options allow a percentage of stock to be sold each year. In our example, if the company allows for 20% of the stock to be vested each year, after one year, an employee will have the ability to sell the 100 shares of their stock options, and so on for each year as the stocks continue in the vesting process. The advantage for employees granted the right to exercise stock options in the company that they are working for is that they will, in most cases, receive that stock at or lower than the market price. The purpose of this is to make an employee feel like the company’s success is tied to their success as well. If they can work to further the company’s goals and raise the price of the company’s stock on the stock market, the employee can sell their stock options and make a profit. 

 

Continuing our example, if the employee has $2500 in shares in the company and the market price increases, they will make the difference. So, if the company reaches $8 per share by the time the employees’ stock is fully vested, they can sell it for $4000, for a $1500 profit. 

 

The typical scenarios for this type of stock option are in start-up companies or as incentives to bring the best talent to a larger company. For the company, the incentive does not come from the operating budget but helps to involve employees in the company’s success. The success of the company is a success for all. 

 

Nominee vs. Direct: How does this affect investors?

Today, there are many ways to buy and sell securities. For publicly traded companies, 75% of Americans are familiar with investing apps or online accounts. For private companies, many investors in companies invest with a broker-dealer and or maintain their own investments. In the first situation, an investor deals with a broker-dealer who holds the investors’ assets in a nominee account, while the second is a direct investing method controlled entirely by the investor. Both accomplish the same goal, buying or selling securities for profit or dividends, but the effect on an investor varies. 

 

A nominee is an account held by a broker-dealer, and securities owned by an investor are held as a means of separation between the broker’s business and the assets owned by the nominee account. This separation established a level of protection for the investor. In the event of the broker’s business failing, the securities held in the nominee account cannot be ascertained by any creditor claiming assets. The stocks will still be the asset of the investor, regardless of what happens to the broker. 

 

The issue that comes forth in this model is that, while regulators and exchanges review these accounts periodically, they do not get checked daily, which opens the door for a bad actor to commit fraud and move the assets without permission. For example, fraud could occur if the broker-dealer ‘borrows’ a client’s assets to keep them afloat, potentially. An even more extreme example would be if a broker was to take all of the money and run, though this is less likely. 

 

The main thing to consider is that while the investor is the beneficiary of the stock, the broker has the authority to move it and sell it on the investor’s behalf. This is why it is important to look into the investor compensation programs with a broker, and for further protection, separate your assets between multiple brokers. While this option comes with risks, the broker will ultimately handle the operations of the account. If you are working through direct investing, account operations are maintained by the investor. 

 

With direct investments, the trade-off for increased security is that an investor is responsible for buying and selling decisions. A direct stock plan can allow you to buy or sell stock in some companies directly through them without using a broker. However, according to Inverstor.gov, “Direct stock plans usually will not allow you to buy or sell shares at a specific market price or at a specific time. Instead, the company will buy or sell shares for the plan at set times — such as daily, weekly, or monthly — and at an average market price.” Both options have merit, but the choice is between complete security at the cost of time and energy. 

Using RegCF to Raise Money for a Non-US Business

To use Reg CF (aka Title III Crowdfunding), an issuer must be “organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States or the District of Columbia.” That means a Spanish entity cannot issue securities using Reg CF. But it doesn’t mean a Spanish business can’t use Reg CF.

First, here’s how not to do it.

A Spanish entity wants to raise money using Reg CF. Reading the regulation, the Spanish entity forms a shell Delaware corporation. All other things being equal, as an entity “organized under, and subject to, the laws of a State or territory of the United States,” the Delaware corporation is allowed to raise capital using Reg CF. But all other things are not equal. If the Delaware corporation is a shell, with no assets or business, then (i) no funding portal should allow the securities of the Delaware corporation to be listed, and (ii) even if a funding portal did allow the securities to be listed, nobody in her right mind would buy them.

Here are two structures that work:

  • The Spanish business could move its entire business and all its assets into a Delaware corporation. Even with no assets, employees, or business in the U.S., the Delaware corporation could raise capital using Reg CF, giving investors an interest in the entire business.
  • Suppose the Spanish company is in the business of developing, owning, and operating health clubs. Today all its locations are in Spain but it sees an opportunity in the U.S. The Spanish entity creates a Delaware corporation to develop, own, and operate health clubs in the U.S. The Delaware corporation could raise capital using Reg CF, giving investors an interest in the U.S. business only.

NOTE:  Those familiar with Regulation A may be excused for feeling confused. An issuer may raise capital using Regulation A only if the issuer is managed in the U.S. or Canada. For reasons that are above my pay grade, the rules for Reg CF and the rules for Regulation A are just different.

 

This blog was written by Mark Roderick of Lex Nova Law, a KorePartner. The article was originally published on Mark’s blog, The Crowdfunding Attorney.

What is the Difference Between Fiduciary Responsibility and Regulatory Requirement?

By definition, a fiduciary is a person or an organization who holds a legal or ethical relationship of trust with another person or organization. Typically, this has to do with the responsibility or duty in a financial sense. As an adjective, it gets defined by the Oxford dictionary as “involving trust, especially with regard to the relationship between a trustee and a beneficiary.” The word gets most commonly used when stating that a company has a fiduciary duty to its shareholders. In practice, this means that the company has an ethical and legal responsibility to act in the best interest of its investors. For example, the company and its executives need to protect a shareholder’s financial investment in that company and is an example of a duty of loyalty. Included also is a duty of care, which indicates that a fiduciary will not back away from their responsibility.

 

Fiduciary duties do not just relate to the financial sector. For example, a lawyer has a fiduciary duty to their client to act in their best interest, but we will focus on the financial sector. Fiduciary responsibility in finance is a relationship between two non-governmental entities. In contrast, a regulatory requirement is a rule that a government or government-related organization imposes and enforces onto an organization.

 

Many governmental organizations impose regulations on the financial sector, like the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Reserve Board. The governmental-related organizations are the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA) and Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We have previously discussed the regulations passed by both FINRA and the SEC in preceding blogs, which detail those processes well.

 

Both fiduciary responsibility and regulatory requirements can result in legal action if there is a breach in conduct, but the actors and stage are different. With fiduciary responsibility, the beneficiary of the fiduciary duty would file suit against the trustee in civil court who knowingly or unknowingly failed in their duty. This is a relationship between non-governmental actors, so in this case, a person litigating against an organization or vice versa.

 

On the other side, regulatory requirement gets dictated by a government entity like the SEC or OCC suing a company or individual for failing to comply with the law. This suit would land in criminal court, with punitive fines, damage to their reputation, and sanctioning. For example, in California, you need to be a registered broker-dealer for a Regulation A+ offering. If you decide as a company to ignore this law, the state regulator can, and will, require you to return all money raised, and you can get barred from raising money in the state. You will get labeled as a bad actor, which will damage the reputation of your business.

 

While fiduciary duty and regulatory requirements are different in terms of the responsibilities, actors, and negative consequences involved when failing to comply, they are critical to follow and maintain.

What is a Virtual Data Room?

Every way that we do business is changing on what seems a daily basis. In just the last year, we have seen a public health crisis push everyone into their homes to work in the interest of public safety. Along with that change, there was also a change needed in the IT departments to ensure that remote connections were secure. What we have seen in the time of the pandemic is that cyberattacks have increased as remote access has created openings. We have seen two notable attacks already this year, one on Colonial Pipeline and another on the South Korean Nuclear institute, KAERI.

 

However, this is not to say the whole world is doom and gloom on the cybersecurity side, as there are ways to protect yourself, especially as companies continue going virtual. Previously, in the event of an M&A transaction, loan syndication, or private equity and venture capital transactions, the actors in these transactions would meet in a physical, secured room to do the due diligence process and access important documents. In this physical room, extensive surveillance and logs track who has been in and out and what they viewed, costing money and time. In addition, parties outside the company that owns the documents would need to arrive at the physical location to view them, again, costing time and money. 

 

The answer to this, as the business world tends to find, is a move towards virtual storage options called a virtual data room. Virtual data rooms have become a widespread solution to the problems detailed above. Through an extranet or a virtual private network (VPN), these systems are secure by limiting access via the internet to specific users at specific times. If a deal falls through or a specified task gets completed, access can easily be revoked.

 

Highly sensitive data usually gets stored in a Virtual Data Room, a level of protection necessary as cyber threat numbers escalate. Beyond the security, these data repositories generally include a log that details each person’s activities with the sensitive files. Like the move to remote work, which has increased the availability of skilled employees, virtual private rooms open up a business to a global market of potential deals. No longer are businesses limited by their ability to feasibly transport a person and their team to a physical room and then have a place for them to stay while discussing a deal. 

 

The main goal of a Virtual Data Room is to provide a centralized access point to a large volume of sensitive and secure documents needed for the most paperwork-intensive processes. While a physical room removes the chances of a cybersecurity attack completely, it also poses certain disadvantages that contrast the wealth of opportunity created by a Virtual Data Room.

What Forms of Alternative Finance are Available?

Starting a business can be difficult. Most young companies enter the scene with little capital to help them grow. Taking a loan out from the bank is a good start, but some options can end in higher rewards without a loan hanging over your head. These are alternative finance options, like raising seed capital from friends and family, angel investors, or crowdfunding. Today, we will explore forms of alternative finance available to you as a private company and where in the life cycle of your business they may appear. 

Friends and Family

In the early stages of your company’s business life cycle, raising capital from family and friends is a great place to start securing safe, additional funding if you are able. When your family and friends are early investors, they are not required to register as such, making it easy for them to help your growing company. In this stage of your company’s development, entrepreneurs will want to retain as much equity as possible. Friends and family investors make this possible without needing to give up part of a growing company. 

As you begin to accelerate your business plans, there are several avenues available that can help you raise significant capital and increase your valuation if (or when) you plan to offer your company later on the public market.

Angel Investors or Venture Capital Firms

As a private company, one of the traditional ways for you to raise capital is through an angel investor, a wealthy individual, or a venture capital firm, a group of investors that invest in companies on behalf of their clients to make them money. Both of these investors will generally invest early, requiring equity and hoping for a successful return on investment later on. 

Peer-to-Peer Lending 

Peer-to-peer lending is a pretty straightforward form of alternative finance. Typically, through online platforms, investors can enter a pool of lenders, which a borrower can pull from and then repay. This form of investment cuts out the bank as the middleman, which opens up access to companies that may not have good credit. 

Crowdfunding

Crowdfunding is a great mechanism for investments that build a company’s proof of concept because crowdfunding success relies on having a product or service people want or believe in. As the name would imply, crowdfunding is sourcing small investments from a large number of investors and falls into one of two categories rewards-based or equity-based offerings. 

Rewards-Based Crowdfunding

Rewards-based crowdfunding is an investment that expects compensation in the form of the product a company is producing. A good platform for this form of crowdfunding is Kickstarter. You will often see independent video game developers or small business owners looking to raise capital for a particular product and offer rewards based on how much an investor invests. 

Equity-Based Crowdfunding or Regulation CF

Regulation CF is a crowdfunding tool regulated by the SEC signed into law in 2012. However, it has recently expanded to allow more investing opportunities. The JOBS Act allows non-accredited investors to invest in private companies in exchange for equity in the company. More specifically, for investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in Reg CF offerings are limited to $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth. 

This tool allows companies to raise as much as $5 million in 12 months from many investors. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns. 

Regulation A+

Another method of allowing companies to have non-accredited investors invest in their companies is Regulation A+, by exempting the offering from SEC registration. Many companies have begun to offer securities through the RegA+ exemption following a successful RegCF raise. Proceeding this way will elevate your chances of raising more money, up to $75 million annually, because the Regulation CF will show potential investors that the products or services offered by the company are of great interest to many individuals. It is important to note that non-accredited investors are limited to investing 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greater.

 

There are many avenues of alternative finance to investigate before going to a traditional financing option as a private company. We encourage you to look into all of these types and see which is right for you and your business. 

 

Warrants for RegA+

For private companies looking to raise capital through exemptions such as Regulation A+, Regulation CF, or Regulation D, there are many forms of securities that they may be able to issue to investors. Lately, there has been much buzz around warrants for RegA+ offerings and we are seeing them issued to investors as an equivalent to a perk. With the growing interest in this type of security, let’s explore what a warrant for RegA+ is. 

 

When a shareholder purchases a warrant, they are entering into a contract with the issuer. They purchase securities at a set price but are given the right to buy more securities at a fixed price. For example, if an investor was to buy a security at $1 apiece, but their warrant allows the shareholder to buy securities at a future point for $2 instead. If the company was to significantly increase in value, and securities were valued at $5 instead of the initial $1 they were purchased at, the warrant could be exercised and new securities can be purchased for the price specified in the contract. Such securities are typically sought after by investors who think the company they’ve invested in will significantly increase in value, allowing them to increase their ownership in the company without having to buy securities at a new, higher price. Typically, warrants have an expiration date, but they can be exercised anytime on or before that date. 

 

Warrants for RegA+ work no differently. 

 

For companies offering warrants to shareholders, many will choose to enlist a warrant agent to oversee the management of warrants. Much like a transfer agent, warrant agents maintain a record of who owns warrants as well as the exercising of the warrants. When there is a significant number of warrant holders, warrant agents maintain the administrative duties of ensuring warrant holders can exercise their rights and are issued additional securities when they are looking to do so. Just as KoreConX is an SEC-registered transfer agent, KoreConX can serve as your warrant agent as well. This allows you and your shareholders to perform all transactions, from the initial purchase to the exercising of the warrant, through the RegA+ end-to-end platform. Fully compliant, KoreConX helps you to ensure that all your capital market activities meet the necessary regulatory requirements.

 

For warrant holders looking to exercise their warrants, they can contact the warrant agent (if they bought shares directly from the company) or their broker-dealer to inform them that they would like to purchase additional securities. At the time of the purchase, the warrant holder would pay to exchange their warrants and be issued the appropriate amount of new securities. 

 

Warrants are also able to be traded or transferred. For example, warrant holders could transfer their securities to a child or relative if they were looking to pass them down. Alternatively, warrant holders can sell them to an interested buyer. If the company’s value has yet to exceed the warrant price, they are typically less valuable because shares may still be able to be purchased at a lower price. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Douglas Ruark, Founder and President of Regulation D Resources

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Douglas Ruark, the Founder and President of Regulation D Resources, has always been fascinated by the mechanisms and document structure used to syndicate capital. Starting his career nearly 30 years ago in corporate finance when he co-founded Heritage Finance, Inc. in 1992. Seven years later, he served as a primary founder of Regulation D Resources. The firm works primarily within the real estate, energy, tech, and manufacturing industries.

 

With Regulation D Resources, Ruark uses his expertise to help raise money for those industries through the Reg D and Reg A+ exemptions. This experience makes a difference when crafting SEC-required disclosures, evaluating proper exposure on the market, and analyzing clients’ business positions.

 

The fun part for Ruark is the deals with entrepreneurs that have developed technology that can have a significant impact and be a game-changer. He said: “I love seeing what entrepreneurs have developed.” That is why his company focuses on Reg D and Reg A+, helping companies structure their securities offering, and drafting offering documents. The company is determined to help entrepreneurs cross the line into the market so they can grow and succeed.

 

What Ruark enjoys about his partnership with KoreConX is the responsiveness of the staff. He said: “Oscar immediately reached out and set up a call to introduce services.” KoreConX has the same drive and vision that Ruark sees in other entrepreneurs. Plus, KoreConX’s application of tech to streamline compliance aligns with the goal he set out when developing Regulation D Resources’ Investor Portal Compliance Management application.

What is RegTech?

In the wake of the 2008 economic crisis and the subsequent recession that followed, there was a push to create new regulations to govern financial institutions in the United States. With these regulations came requirements that businesses had to follow to be compliant with the new laws. What followed the new regulations was a rise in companies offering services to help companies manage compliance easily and efficiently, both in time and cost. This is the purpose and application of RegTech.

RegTech, or Regulatory Technology, is more specifically the use of technology to manage regulatory processes within the financial industry. The goal of companies that offer RegTech is to use cloud computing, machine learning, and big data to drive automation and lift a majority of the burden of complicated compliance requirements of the compliance teams in businesses, to reduce human error, and accomplish difficult tasks more efficiently. As regulations become more robust and regulators are demanding more transparency in the forms of auditability, traceability, and automation, a company that is required to comply with a lot of regulations cannot easily subsist without some form of RegTech to help them avoid the risk of sanctions.

RegTech services help to compile large amounts of data in secured and compliant ways, as well as comb that data for risks to the organization. While these services affect the budget of a company, it is arguably canceled out by the amount of time and energy saved by simplifying the complex processes. 

For example, let’s say a bank was previously doing all of their regulation audits manually, scanning the compliance law and solving what pertains to them, what they need to do, and how they need to do it to be compliant. While they could feasibly do this, it will take a considerable amount of time if the compliance officer tasked with this job is not a master of the laws pertaining to their enterprise. Then, following that long process, the bank will need to show the reporting, who did the reporting, when it was pulled, and keep the information secured. 

This type of manual process is solved by RegTech. Not only will your data be secured, but it will also be accessible and timestamped, so you can demonstrate who complied, how they complied, and when they complied by logging all of the actions a user takes and creating a trail.

This is one example of how RegTech helps in a compliance situation, but it is also used by regulators to help reduce the time it takes to investigate compliance issues. While these are the more well-known aspects of RegTech, it also helps in many more categories within the financial sector, such as:

  1. Reporting
  2. Anti-money Laundering 
  3. Compliance
  4. Governance
  5. Risk Management
  6. Management and Control 
  7. Transaction Monitoring

As the financial industry continues to rely more and more on data and technology, RegTech will continue to grow to keep up with the demand for more applications from companies and regulators alike. 

What is Regulated Crowdfunding

On April 5th of 2012, President Obama signed into law legislation called the JOBS Act. Four years after that act was signed, Title III of the JOBS Act was enacted. This was Regulation CF, which allows for private companies in their early stages to use crowdfunding to raise money from any American, not just accredited investors. This opened the doors with funding portals for companies to trade securities to a larger pool of investors to raise needed growth capital and allow average people to benefit from the possibility of investing in an early-stage company.

When it was first implemented in Spring 2016, Reg CF allowed companies to raise a maximum of $1.07 million within 12 months. Now, with new amendments added to the law by the SEC that went into effect in March 2021, companies can raise a maximum of $5 million. You may be familiar with the idea of crowdfunding with the success of websites like Kickstarter, and this works similarly. Instead of donation tiers that would award you merchandise from the campaign, investing in a private company with Reg CF will give you securities or equity in the companies. Previously, the barrier for entry into this investment type was very high, as you needed a lot of capital to invest in a private company. 

The new amendments still have a limit on how much a particular individual can invest when it comes to non-accredited investors but removed the limits on accredited investors. More specifically, for investors with either a net worth or annual income less than $107,000, investments in Reg CF offerings are limited to $2,200 or 5% of the greater of their annual income or net worth.

Reg CF is typically used for early-stage startups to build capital and has significantly changed the road map for entrepreneurs, allowing them to look to crowdfunding options before venture capital investments. Because the cost and barrier to entry for Regulation CF lower than with Reg A, many companies are using this after their first round of funding to prove the viability of their concepts and build a business. Then after a successful Reg CF, raising up to $5 million, this proves that there is interest in what you are building. In turn, this improves your valuation and allows for a much more successful Reg A campaign that could help you raise even more capital. 

There is a significant benefit to everyone involved in a Reg CF. The companies running the campaign are raising money to prove their viability, fuel the growth, and democratizes capital, allowing everyday Americans to participate in a system that was until recently closed to them. In 2020, 358,000 investors participated in Reg CF campaigns, a significant increase from the 15,000 investors participating in 2019. RegCF is a way for Americans to diversify their investment portfolio. They can grow as an investor by investing in a private company with a much lower entry cost.

With Reg CF garnering much success for both investors and issuers alike, it will be exciting to see how it continues to evolve in the future. We may see even higher raise limits, further expanding access to capital, increasing the number of American jobs, and further democratizing investment opportunities.

 

What Impact Will Blockchain Have on Private Markets?

Blockchain has become a familiar buzzword, especially as things such as cryptocurrency grow in popularity. Currently, 46 million Americans now own Bitcoin. However, blockchain has many more industry-changing applications. Nearly any asset, both tangible and intangible, can be tracked and traded through blockchain. 

 

Blockchain, also known as distributed ledger technology, is a database where transactions are continually appended and verified across by multiple participants, ensuring that each transaction has a “witness” to validate its legitimacy. Blockchain transactions are immutable, meaning that they cannot be changed, making it difficult for hackers to manipulate. Copies of the ledger are decentralized, not stored in one location, so any change to one copy would immediately make it invalid, as the other copies would recognize that it had been altered. 

 

In private markets, blockchain technology has the potential to become a powerful tool, replacing manual inefficiencies with secure, digital processes. Everything from issues certificates to shareholders and preparing for audits becomes easier with transparent, readily available records. While public blockchains, like those that host Bitcoin transactions, enable anyone to participate, companies can also establish private and permissioned blockchains. In these forms of blockchain, the ledger is still decentralized, only access is controlled and only authorized individuals are allowed to participate. 

 

Rather than traditional securities, private companies can use distributed ledger technology to offer shareholders digital securities instead. These securities are still SEC-registered or fall under exemptions like Regulation A and Regulation CF. Digital securities protect investors, enabling them to always be able to prove their ownership, and companies are protected from the possibility of losing records of their shareholders. Private companies also benefit from blockchain as records are already transparent and readily available. Rather than hiring an advisor to review company documents, private companies employing blockchain technology will have records ready to go when conducting any capital market activity. Blockchain also dramatically reduced the amount of manual paperwork, since digital securities can be governed by smart contracts that preprogram protocols for their exchange. In addition, blockchain makes it easier for private companies to share information and data, while shareholders can feel confident that records are immutable and unable to be tampered with. 

 

Many companies are still in the early stages of adopting blockchain or are just beginning to consider its possibilities. Blockchain will only continue to be adopted by private companies both in the United States and around the world, improving the processes associated with private market transactions. The private market will benefit from increased transparency and efficiency, making transactions smoother for both companies and their shareholders.

KorePartner Spotlight: Brian Belley, Founder and CEO of Crowdwise

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Brian Belley, founder and CEO of Crowdwise, has always been passionate about investing and alternative investments. By training, Brian is an aerospace engineer, but the JOBS Act represented the culmination of his interests. He took this as a great opportunity to build a platform providing a wealth of information centered around crowdfunding.

 

At Crowdwise, the primary service is free educational material for investors through courses and industry data on crowdfunding and early-stage investing. From his own experience and education on private investments, Brian understood what was most applicable to investors. The goal is to make this information easily digestible, translating data into the essentials that can be understood by new investors. Brain’s specialty lies in tech and early-stage startups, as well as analyzing industry data and trends. 

 

The private capital market is particularly existing for Brian because of the opportunities he foresees. In two to five years, the space will likely look completely different as it continues to be democratized and open to new investors. There are increasing opportunities for investors to build a diversified portfolio with broad investment types. At the same time, more investment opportunities for the everyday investor will lead to more access to capital, and new businesses will be able to come into existence because of it. 

 

Brian is excited about Crowdwise’s partnership with KoreConX, saying that it is completely about cooperation and building an ecosystem. He said: “not everyone has to be a competitor.” As more people continue to drive the private market forward, it will benefit everyone in the space, both investors and companies alike.

What is Portfolio Management?

Portfolio management, at its most basic level, is the way that an investment portfolio is designed to align with the wants and needs of the investor. Portfolio management focuses on creating an investment strategy that factors in the goals set by the investor, the timeframe involved in the investment, and the risk tolerance of the investor.

 

This is done by picking a variety of kinds of investments like stocks, bonds, and other funds and monitoring and adjusting them as needed. There are two ways that portfolios are managed: actively and passively. Often, this will be decided by the risk tolerance that a specific investor has. With Regulation A+ and Regulation CF, the everyday investor can choose to invest in private companies as well, which significantly expand opportunities to be a part of new and exciting investments.

Active portfolio management is a hands-on approach that involves hiring portfolio managers who buy and sell stocks intending to outperform investment benchmarks. To try and outperform these benchmarks, portfolio managers have to take some risks in the investments they make. Some of these risks lead to big rewards, but as with all risks, they can also lead to large losses to the investor. Portfolio managers have a fiduciary responsibility to act in good faith regarding the investment, and also have fees attached to them based on the size of the portfolio and the return on investment of the portfolio. 

 

Passive portfolio management is a mostly hands-off approach where the investor is trying to match investment benchmarks rather than trying to outperform them. Portfolios that are managed passively are frequently managed by the investor, so no fees are going to a portfolio manager. Instead of buying and selling specific stocks, passive portfolios are usually invested in exchange-traded funds, index funds, or mutual funds. This is a very low-risk approach that values slow and consistent growth over time, making it a great long-term investment strategy.

 

There are four pillars in portfolio management: asset allocation, diversification, rebalancing, and tax minimization. Asset allocation is the practice of spreading your investment into a variety of different assets like stocks, bonds, and mutual funds. Good asset allocation means that an investor takes on a smaller amount of risk because investments are protected due to the various places that assets are allocated. Diversification is about making sure that investors don’t put all of their eggs in one basket, because if that investment fails, there is a lot of money to be lost.

 

Rebalancing is done every so often as a way to hit the reset button on asset allocation. Over time, some investments might be doing very well, while others might be doing very poorly. To maintain a low-risk nature, it is important to sell both assets that are doing well and ones that are not. Over time, market fluctuations might cause a portfolio to get off course from the goals that were originally set, so rebalancing keeps the train going down the right track. Tax minimization focuses on trying to keep as much of the money that your investment made as possible. Capital gains get taxed differently depending on what investments they came from and where. Investments in exchange-traded funds or mutual funds, for example, get taxed at a much lower rate than investments in stocks. The goal is to keep as much money as possible!

 

Whether you’re saving for your first house or saving for your dream house, good portfolio management will result in investors being able to set, meet, and surpass their financial goals. The right portfolio management strategies will help to build a worthwhile return.

 

What is a Minute Book and Why is it Important?

Unlike the name suggests, a minute book is by no means minute. As a business grows, a well-kept minute book becomes an essential record of all important company meetings and allows for the information to be easily accessed when required. With an up-to-date minute book, it makes it easier for companies to keep track of resolutions that affect financial transactions. If the company is ever audited, the minute book provides all the necessary information and references to documents in one place. Let’s break down what exactly you should find in a proper minute book.

 

A minute book should have the company’s certificate of incorporation that serves as proof of the company’s registration. This includes information such as the business’s address, company directors, voting rights, and the company’s purpose. The minute book should also have the company’s bylaws or the rules and regulations that the company and its officers must adhere to. Maintaining a record of bylaws ensures that the company is following the rules they have set to operate by.

 

The minute book typically contains the criteria by which the company’s Board of Directors and officers are chosen. For the Board of Directors, this may include how many are on the board and how long they are to serve.  For officers, it may include which ones are required for the company. In this section of the record, documents can also maintain a record of those who have previously served as a director or officer for the company. Additionally, the minute book should keep track of any meetings or communication with board members.

 

Maintained in the minute book is a record of shares and shareholders. Stock options granted to employees are kept track of, along with the number of shares the company is authorized to sell. Ensuring the company knows the limit to the shares they are legally allowed to sell is very important and is outlined in the certificate of incorporation. Additionally, companies usually maintain a record of any documents they’ve filed in their minute book. Having all documents filed in a common location makes them easier to track and refer back to when needed. Kept in this collection of documents are also various reports, whether they’re annual or special, so that they are easily accessed by authorized parties.

 

While keeping track of all of this information may seem like a daunting task, it is made easier by companies such as KoreConX. Integrated into its all-in-one platform, the KoreConX Minute Book ensures that all company documents are easily located and kept up-to-date. With all documents in a central location, both legal and board members can edit the material directly, without worrying about various versions that might exist offline. This consistency provides companies the ability to better manage their documents, ensuring that everything is accurate and easily accessed when needed.

 

An understanding of what goes into a proper minute book can help your company achieve success and transparency in business. In any situation where essential company documents are necessary, having them readily available cuts down on delays and frustration, making it a smoother process for everyone involved.

What is 409(a) and Why Does My Company Need it?

Whether your company is a new startup or an established private company, understanding and proper use of a 409(a) is essential to your company’s success. Thinking about it early will help you avoid potential setbacks and challenges later on, giving you more time to focus on growing your company, rather than tackling penalties. If that doesn’t convince you that a 409(a) is something that your company needs, a better understanding of what it is will convince you. 

 

To start with the basics, what is a 409(a)? First added to the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) in 2005, 409(a) outlines the taxation on “non-qualified deferred compensation,” which includes common stock options for employees. For companies to be able to offer their employees the ability to purchase stock in the company, they must complete a 409(a) valuation to determine the “strike price,” or the predetermined price at which employees can purchase the stocks. 

 

Undergoing a 409(a) valuation ensures that the strike price is at or above the fair market value and that the company remains compliant with the IRC. For companies who the IRS find to be noncompliant with the code, some penalties include an additional 20% tax penalty and penalty interest. 

 

So, how do you ensure that your company accurately determines the fair market value of your common stock? This can be done a couple of ways, either by someone within the company or by a third-party valuation firm. Whether you’re planning on completing 409(a) valuation in-house or hiring a firm, there are a few key things to keep in mind. 

 

For valuations done in-house, whoever is chosen must have at least five years of experience related to valuation. Since this can be subjective, the IRS could rule that the individual did not meet the requirements and that the valuation is inaccurate. Additionally, only private companies that are less than 10 years old can choose to complete their valuation in-house. It is also important to remember that if the IRS were to investigate, it would be the company’s responsibility to prove their valuation was correct. 

 

Hiring an outside firm, while often the more costly option, is usually more reliable. As long as the firm maintains a consistent approach to valuations and is independent, meaning that the firm is only providing the company with valuation, the company is given “safe harbor” protection. A safe harbor protects both the company and its employees, as it would be the IRS’s responsibility to prove that the valuation was inaccurate. 

 

Once your company has received its 409(a) valuation, how long does that last? It is considered to be valid for one year after the valuation. After that, it must be redone to ensure compliance. If your company closes a round of funding or undergoes any material changes before that period is up, a new 409(a) valuation would be required. 

 

Armed with the knowledge of what exactly a 409(a) is, you can help your company achieve success and maintain IRC compliance. Even early on, being compliant with tax codes ensures you avoid severe penalties and expensive delays should the IRS decide to audit your company as it begins generating revenue. 

 

What is Alternative Finance?

By definition, alternative finance includes any financing source outside of the traditional realm of the traditional finance systems like regulated banks and stock markets. Such methods include raising seed capital from friends and family, angel investors, venture capital firms, peer-to-peer lending, or crowdfunding. In contrast, traditional finance options require companies to apply for loans from a regulated bank or publicly offer stocks for sale to the public.

For companies in their earliest stages, raising capital from family and friends is often a safe way to secure additional funding. Friend and family investors are not required to register as investors, unlike traditional investors, making it easy for them to contribute to a growing company. Often founders do not need to relinquish equity to friend and family investors, allowing founders to retain as much equity as possible through their early stages.

If a company requires more financial resources, its next options may be angel investors and venture capital firms. With angel investors, wealthy individuals invest using their own money and meet the SEC’s accredited investor requirements. It is quite common for angel investors to act as a mentor to the companies they invest in, anticipating that it will help them secure a return on their investment. Venture capital firms often invest in startup companies that display the potential for a successful return and are SEC-registered and regulated. Rather than investing their own money, they invest money from other investors to generate profits for the investor. Typically, venture capital firms request equity so that they can have a share in the company’s development.

Another alternative form of financing is through peer-to-peer lending. Typically through online platforms, applicants are matched with lenders who are typically individual people. Interest rates are usually low and are not regulated by traditional banks. Platforms assess borrowers for risk to determine if they are eligible to invest.

One of the fastest-growing forms of alternative finance is crowdfunding and can include both rewards-based and equity-based offerings. With rewards-based crowdfunding, investors invest to be compensated with products that the company offers. Equity crowdfunding allows investors to exchange their investments for equity in the company. Equity crowdfunding is supported by Regulation CF, which allows private companies to raise up to $5 million from non-accredited investors, usually done online through the various crowdfunding portals presently available or a broker-dealer. Crowdfunding is extremely valuable in that it allows avid brand supporters to become investors and become an advocate for the companies they love. For non-accredited investors, the maximum investment per year is either $2,200 or 5% of their annual income, whichever is greater.

Regulation A+ is another method allowing companies to receive investments from non-accredited investors by exempting the offering from SEC registration. Companies can secure up to $75 million annually through this method of funding. Non-accredited investors are limited to investing 10% of their annual income or net worth, whichever is greatest.

The variety of alternative finance options are attractive to companies who would like to go routes other than a traditional bank loan or those who may not be eligible for one.

What is Due Diligence?

When it comes to investments of any kind, due diligence is essential for both issuers and investors alike. Do so what exactly is due diligence?

 

Due diligence is ensuring that a potential investment comes with the accurate disclosure of all offering details. The Securities Act of 1933, a result of the stock market crash years earlier, introduced due diligence as a common practice. The purpose of the act was to create transparency into the financial statements of companies and protect investors from fraud. While the SEC requires the information provided to be accurate, it does not make any guarantees to its accuracy. However, the Securities Act of 1933 for the first time allowed investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments. 

 

In the process of investing, investors should review all information available to them. Investors should ask questions such as:

 

  • Company Business Plans: What are the issuer’s current and future plans? Do their projections seem reasonable given their current financial reports?
  • Company Management: Who are the company’s officers, founders, and board members? What is their previous experience in business and have they had success? Does the management team pass a Bad Actors check?
  • Products/Services: What does the company offer? Is it something that you would use or does there seem to be a wide appeal for the product or service in the market? 
  • Documentation: Is the company’s bylines, articles of incorporation, meeting minutes, and other related documents available to review?
  • Revenue: What does the company’s revenue look like? Does it make sense considering the demand for their products? What do revenue projections look like?
  • Debt: Does the company have debt? Is it comparable to other companies in the industry?
  • Competition: What does the company’s competition look like and how do they plan to deal with it? Has the company properly protected intellectual property through trademarks, patents, copyrights, etc.?
  • Funding: Why is the company raising funding and what are the plans for the money raised?

 

While these are important questions to ask, there are other factors that investors should think about. Investors should consider whether they are financially able to take on the risk of investment. While investing in private companies can lead to a huge return, success is not guaranteed. Investors should ask themselves if they would be able to afford to lose their investment or not immediately being able to make a profit. They should also ensure that they are qualified to invest. If they are a non-accredited investor, have they already made investments that could alter the amount they can invest?

 

Issuers should make sure that all information investors need to make an educated decision to invest is adequately provided. They do not want to risk potential lawsuits down the road for failing to disclose certain information. Issuers can ensure that they are meeting all due diligence requirements by using a broker-dealer as an intermediary for their investment.

What is Investor Acquisition?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest.

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support.

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly.

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best.

How a Member of the Crowd Made Crowdfunding Easier

A while back, one of our favorite start-up clients called me and asked me to speak to a potential investor. Paul Efron, a resident of Arizona, wanted to invest in the company’s Regulation A offering. However, when he went onto the company’s website to invest, his subscription was rejected. The company was accepting subscriptions from investors in every state but Arizona and Nebraska.

Why Arizona and Nebraska, asked Paul?

The reason was that while federal law and most states’ laws say that a company selling its own securities is exempt from broker-dealer registration, that’s not the case in a handful of states. These states say that if a company isn’t using a registered broker-dealer to sell in their state, the company has to register itself as an “issuer-dealer.” Depending on the state, that can involve letters to the regulators showing that the company and its officers are familiar with securities regulations, fingerprints, and, in the case of Arizona, a requirement that the company comply with “net capital” requirements as if they were an actual broker. Start-ups, of course, very rarely have any excess capital sitting around. So our client decided just not to sell in Arizona. (There were similar issues in Nebraska, which has since changed its rules.)

Paul could have done several things at this point. He could have pretended he lived somewhere else. He could have given up and invested in something else. But, being an entrepreneur himself, he decided the law needed to be changed, and set about changing it.

He reviewed the Arizona legislature website and saw that every legislator gets an email address on the website.  The way the website email system is setup, doing a mass email campaign with individual emails was possible.  Paul sent out an email to every one of the 30 Senators and 60 Representatives which took about an hour of click, click, cut and paste.  He found the autofill function very helpful.  Republican Senator Tyler Pace and Democratic Representative Aaron Lieberman replied to the email.  Having a member of both parties from both houses was perfect for this nonpartisan bill.  He brought me in to explain the issue to the legislators, their staff and the relevant committee staff. They listened, understood, and drafted. The first attempt at getting the legislation through was derailed because of COVID.  Paul contacted the legislators again.  The bill was reintroduced, passed this session, and the Governor signed it into law last week.

Start-ups (and Arizona investors) owe Paul. Not just for getting this roadblock removed, but for setting an example of what can happen when a citizen looks at a regulation and says “Well that doesn’t make any sense; how do I fix that?”

Managing Your Investments in Private Companies

For investors, investing in private companies can be a beneficial way to diversify their investment portfolios. Whether the investment was made through private equity or RegA+, proper management can contribute to long-term success. However, once the investment is made, investors need to ensure that they are correctly managing their shares. With this in mind, how should investors manage their investments once they have been made?

 

Investments made in private companies can often come with voting rights. Being a part of company decisions is an important aspect of being an investor and helps to elect company directors and resolve issues. Investors exercising their voting rights can be a major aspect of managing their portfolio.

 

Whether information is provided directly to the investors by the company or through a transfer agent, as companies release reports and other key information, shareholders should maintain current knowledge of the information. Understanding the company’s direction and changes that are occurring can give investors a picture of the future so they can determine how their shares will affect their portfolio. The investor should also know where the data can be found so that they are easily able to access and assess it.

 

Additionally, investors should monitor the liquidity of the shares. Since some private company shares can be traded in a secondary market, understanding the value and the option to trade is important for investors. If they know how much their shares are worth, and they have the ability to sell them, investors can freely trade their shares. This is key if they decide that they no longer want to be a shareholder in a particular private company.

 

However, for investors who own shares in multiple different companies, managing this information can become a burdensome task. With an all-in-one platform that incorporates portfolio management for investors, KoreConX streamlines and simplifies the process. KoreConX Portfolio Management allows investors to manage their investments from a centralized dashboard. Investors are easily able to see the shares that they own in each private company they’ve invested in. Through the platform, investors can access critical company information and performance data in one place, eliminating the need to remember where each piece of information is kept. Investors are also notified of upcoming shareholder meetings and can exercise their voting rights through the KoreConX platform. When companies and investors utilize the KoreConX platform, they can achieve higher success rates by maintaining compliance with necessary regulations. Utilizing KoreConX Portfolio Management is a powerful tool for investors to make informed decisions regarding their investments.

 

When dealing with private company investments, it is incredibly important that investors properly manage their portfolios. Remaining up-to-date on company decisions and performance can help them plan for the future of their shares while allowing them to make decisions to increase the success of their investments. When investors understand their voting rights, company developments, and the liquidity of their shares, they can be an active participant in their financial success.

Can IRAs Be Used for Private Companies Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate.

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence.

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old.

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments.

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income.

KorePartner Spotlight: Jonny Price, Vice President of Fundraising at Wefunder

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

Jonny Price has always had an interest in economic development and a passion for economic justice and equity. In his first role in the fundraising sector, he worked for a company called Kiva, which provided crowdfunded micro-loans to US entrepreneurs. With his experience as the head of Kiva US, it was a natural transition to Wefunder, where he serves as VP of Fundraising.

 

For too long, investments in private companies have been limited to only accredited investors. For the average person, their only chance to invest was once the company went public. Wefunder makes it so that private investments are not just limited to wealthy investors – through Wefunder, anyone can become an angel investor for as little as $100.

 

Jonny is excited about how this is changing the private investment space. When ordinary people can invest in brands they care about, more capital is available for founders and entrepreneurs to grow their businesses. Especially in minority and women-run businesses, there is a great disparity in access to capital. Only 1% of VC funding goes to black founders, and 3% goes to female-only founding teams. Crowdfunding helps to level the playing field tremendously.

 

Partnering with KoreConX was the right fit for Wefunder. Jonny said: “I have known Oscar for a while and am impressed with the services they offer. A number of Wefunder clients have used the platform, and had very positive things to say about the KoreConX team.”

Conducting a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, the amount companies are able to raise was increased to $75 million in January 2021 during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth.

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about.

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying.

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies.

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

Why Does My Company Need a 409(a)?

Whether your company is a new startup or an established private company, understanding and proper use of a 409(a) is essential to your company’s success. Thinking about it early will help you avoid potential setbacks and challenges later on, giving you more time to focus on growing your company, rather than tackling penalties. If that doesn’t convince you that a 409(a) is something that your company needs, a better understanding of what it is will convince you.

 

To start with the basics, what is a 409(a)? First added to the Internal Revenue Code (IRC) in 2005, 409(a) outlines the taxation on “non-qualified deferred compensation,” which includes common stock options for employees. For companies to be able to offer their employees the ability to purchase stock in the company, they must complete a 409(a) valuation to determine the “strike price,” or the predetermined price at which employees can purchase the stocks. 

 

Undergoing a 409(a) valuation ensures that the strike price is at or above the fair market value and that the company remains compliant with the IRC. For companies who the IRS find to be noncompliant with the code, some penalties include an additional 20% tax penalty and penalty interest. 

 

So, how do you ensure that your company accurately determines the fair market value of your common stock? This can be done a couple of ways, either by someone within the company or by a third-party valuation firm. Whether you’re planning on completing 409(a) valuation in-house or hiring a firm, there are a few key things to keep in mind. 

 

For valuations done in-house, whoever is chosen must have at least five years of experience related to valuation. Since this can be subjective, the IRS could rule that the individual did not meet the requirements and that the valuation is inaccurate. Additionally, only private companies that are less than 10 years old can choose to complete their valuation in-house. It is also important to remember that if the IRS were to investigate, it would be the company’s responsibility to prove their valuation was correct. 

 

Hiring an outside firm, while often the more costly option, is usually more reliable. As long as the firm maintains a consistent approach to valuations and is independent, meaning that the firm is only providing the company with valuation, the company is given “safe harbor” protection. A safe harbor protects both the company and its employees, as it would be the IRS’s responsibility to prove that the valuation was inaccurate. 

 

Once your company has received its 409(a) valuation, how long does that last? It is considered to be valid for one year after the valuation. After that, it must be redone to ensure compliance. If your company closes a round of funding or undergoes any material changes before that period is up, a new 409(a) valuation would be required. 

 

Armed with the knowledge of what exactly a 409(a) is, you can help your company achieve success and maintain IRC compliance. Even early on, being compliant with tax codes ensures you avoid severe penalties and expensive delays should the IRS decide to audit your company as it begins generating revenue. 

KorePartner Spotlight: Sara Hanks, CEO of CrowdCheck

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

With over 30 years in the corporate and securities law field, Sara Hanks has a wealth of experience. Before CrowdCheck began, Sara and one of the firm’s co-founders (whose husband became the other cofounder) served on the Congressional Oversight Panel where they spent 18 months in DC investigating the Troubled Asset Relief Program. Shortly after this time, the bills that became the JOBS Act were passing through Congress and Sara’s interest in the private capital markets grew.

 

Sara and the CrowdCheck co-founders began to discuss due diligence and the implication crowdfunding would have. With their combined legal and entrepreneurial experience, they knew they could help investors make good investment decisions and walk entrepreneurs through the compliance process. These conversations led to CrowdCheck, which Sara says was “founded on the back of a cocktail napkin.”

 

CrowdCheck and its affiliated law firm, CrowdCheck Law, provides clients with a complete range of legal and compliance services for issuers and investors. As a “weapon against potential fraud,” CrowdCheck does due diligence for investors, letting them see the results themselves in a report that is easy to understand. The firm also helps entrepreneurs through the complex process of compliance, making sure that they have met all legal requirements. Sara and CrowdCheck have tremendous experience applying exciting securities laws to the online capital environment, a skillset valuable in the crowdfunding space.

 

One of the things that excites Sara most about this space is that there are “so many cases of first impressions.” Raising capital isn’t new, but with crowdfunding, new questions arise every day and there is the opportunity for innovative delivery of information.

 

A partnership with KoreConX is exciting for Sara and CrowdCheck because KoreConX values and understands how essential compliance is. “This environment won’t work without compliance,” Sara Hanks said, so it was valuable finding a partner that did not need convincing when it came to compliance.

What is Cap Table Management?

More than a simple spreadsheet, a cap table (short for capitalization table) records detailed data regarding the equity owned by shareholders.  For companies at any stage, proper cap table management is essential for good business practices. For founders and shareholders alike, it is important to fully grasp the concept of cap tables. So, what exactly is cap table management?

 

A clear and well-managed cap table paints a detailed picture of exactly who owns what in the company. Whether a founder is looking to raise additional capital or offer incentives to employees, the cap table, when managed correctly, will show the exact break down of shares, digital securities, options, warrants, loans, SAFE, Debenture etc. This information enables founders to understand how the equity distribution is impacted by business decisions.

 

Proper cap table management ensures that all transactions are accounted for and that potential investors are easily able to see the equity structure during funding rounds. Founders are also able to better negotiate the terms of a deal when they have the entire picture of their company’s structure available for reference. Without a cap table, companies can face challenges when it comes to raising capital, due to a lack of transparency in the ownership of the company.

 

Once the cap table is created, it must be maintained properly, updated each time the company or the assigned registered transfer agent/share registry provider who performs equity-based transactions. In the early stages of the company, the cap table will be relatively simple to manage but as rounds of funding progress, it becomes more complex as shares are distributed amongst investors and employees.

 

While simple cap tables can be created in programs such as Excel, a cap table management software may provide a better solution as it becomes more complex.  As part of its all-in-one platform, KoreConX provides companies with the tools to properly record every transaction in their cap table. Encouraging transparency of shareholders, every type of security (digital securities, shares, options, warrants, loan, SAFE, Debenture) that may be offered is accounted for and kept up to date as deals occur. By maintaining transparent records, companies can benefit from both shorter transaction times and expedited due diligence.

 

With an understanding of the importance of keeping a properly managed cap table, founders can arm themselves with the ability to make well-informed business decisions. The detailed insight into a company’s financial structure allows potential investors to feel confident in their investments, secure with the knowledge that their share is accurately accounted for. Even if the task of creating a cap table may seem daunting, it is simplified with a cap table management software so that everyone is on the same page.  

KorePartners Spotlight: Rod Turner, Founder, Chairman, and CEO of Manhattan Street Capital

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

Rod Turner is the founder, chairman, and CEO of Manhattan Street Capital, an online fundraising platform allowing companies to cost-effectively raise capital using Regulation A+, Regulation D, and other regulations, supporting them throughout the entire capital raising journey. The goal is to make it easier for investors to invest and for issuers to list their offerings. The popular term for the services provided by Manhattan Street Capital is “quarterbacking”; they are not the company raising money, but they bring all necessary services providers together and advise the company and marketing agencies on the nuances of raising money successfully. These services combine with the company’s offering platform which separates Issuer Clients into their own offering pages with rich features and deep instrumentation and integration with all marketing.

Before founding Manhattan Street Capital, Rod Turner founded 6 other successful tech startups. He has had extensive experience in the capital markets, from securing VC funding, IPOs listed on the NASDAQ, mergers and acquisitions, as well as building a VC fund with a colleague. This experience has led him to understand the power of RegA+ as a fundraising tool for startups and mid-sized companies.

I recognized pretty quickly that RegA+ is a phenomenally good fundraising instrument and that the regulations are really well-written, very pragmatically written, when it comes to implementing them. Which I was just really excited to see.”

Rod has seen many mature startups and mid-sized  companies  that are “strangled by the lack of access to growth capital” and sees RegA+ as very attractive solution for many of these companies Rod estimates that the scale of capital raised via Reg A+ may amount to $50-60 billion raised per year when it hits full stride. By getting involved in the industry, Rod wants to help solve this issue faced by companies and help them to secure the funding they need. “I want the whole industry to be very successful,” Rod said. RegA+ is continuing to expand rapidly, which will continue to open more opportunities for companies throughout the US.

At Manhattan Street Capital, Rod deeply analyzes the RegA+ industry to solve problems for his company and its clients. Each year, Rod and the Manhattan Street Capital team go through all the EDGAR filings with the SEC to assess the scale of RegA+. Rod likes to take a bigger picture approach so that he can solve problems that are not noticed by those that only focus on their specialty. 

Bringing Private Placements into the Digital Age

How blockchain-based technology will transform private markets

 

Remember the first time you drove a car with a rear-facing camera? The first time you streamed an on-demand movie at home via the Internet, or used GPS instead of a fold-out paper map to find your way on a trip? Similarly, emerging digital technologies have the potential to significantly streamline the cumbersome process of issuing and trading private securities, while automating regulatory compliance and enhancing secondary-market liquidity, transparency, and price discovery. The best part? All these benefits can be captured within existing market structures.

 

The growing popularity of private placements over public listings in recent years is a well-documented phenomenon, driven by tightened regulatory requirements for public issuers and a widening search for returns among investors in a low-interest-rate world.

 

Strong Growth in Private Markets

Acknowledging that raising capital in private markets is simpler than floating public offerings, the path to private issuance is still lengthy and complex. After capital is raised, issuers incur ongoing costs for stock transfers, escheatment, dividend payouts, and compliance. Meanwhile, participants in secondary markets must cope with complexities in making legal and transfer arrangements. Indeed, the timeline for executing trades in privates is currently calculated not in hours or days, but in weeks and months. Throughout, the process is larded with paper, paper, and more paper, stuffed into a file cabinet or residing on email servers.

 

Contrast that with the way new digital mechanisms can transform how private markets operate.

Source: Preqin

 

Blockchain based technologies help ensure that regulated securities are allowed for trading, execute and track payment and receipt of dividends, and validate that transactions have been executed solely with approved investors.  Post-trade processes leverage blockchain’s single “source of truth” — that is, the immutability of a blockchain ledger — working with SEC registered transfer agents.  Alternative trading systems (ATS) are now live for secondary trading of private yet regulated digital securities.

This is no pie-in-the-sky, far-in-the-future scenario. Industry standard-setting bodies like the FIX Trading Community (aka FIX), the Digital Chamber of Commerce, and the Global Digital Asset & Cryptocurrency Association, operating within the framework of the International Standardization Organization (ISO), are at work developing ways to integrate trading of digital securities into existing market structures. For example, FIX has a globally represented working group focused on adapting its widely used messaging standards to communicate and trade digital assets.

 

In short, digitization of private securities can ease capital raises, streamline compliance, improve liquidity and transparency, and save issuers and investors money — all within a regulated ecosystem. In future articles, we’ll explore what the emerging digital trading landscape means specifically for issuers and investors.

 

Continue reading “Bringing Private Placements into the Digital Age”

KoreConX CEO Oscar Jofre’s Interview on Recent EINBLICK Podcast

Recently, KoreConX President, CEO, and Co-Founder Oscar Jofre had the pleasure of joining Christian Klepp, Co-Founder of EINBLICK Consulting, on their podcast B2B Marketers on a Mission. 

 

With Christian, Oscar discusses empowering and transforming the private capital markets through pivotal regulations enabling them to better raise capital. Along with these changes, companies need the education and tools to manage their data and shareholders. No longer are private companies limited to a VC or fund to raise capital, they have the power to leverage their customers and shareholders to raise needed capital. However, they need to keep learning to understand their options and responsibilities. 

 

You can listen to the full interview with Oscar Jofre here.

 

Effective Date of the Amendments to Reg CF and Reg A

The amendments to Reg CF, Reg A, and other rules relating to capital formation utilizing exempt offerings have finally been published in the Federal Register, with an effective date of March 15, 2021.

Meet the KorePartners: Andrew Corn, CEO of E5A Integrated Marketing

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the partners that contribute to its ecosystem.

 

From the first project he worked on while still in college, Andrew Corn has been involved in financial marketing. After his first analyst’s presentation, “and then second, and then fifth, I decided to drop out of college and focus on that full time. Soon after, I wrote my first IPO roadshow, built a company around that, and a few years later, also started working for money managers,” Andrew said. After selling that company, Andrew went to work for a publishing company specializing in investingas the chief marketing officer.

 

Then, for 9 years, Andrew left the marketing industry and created a multi-factor model used to analyze the stocks available on US exchanges to select them for separately managed accounts, and he and his team designed the index behind six ETFs, eventually selling that company to a bank, where he served as the chief investment officer. “When E5A was born, it was born as an investment house, and then I got sucked back into marketing in 2012 and switched E5A over into a marketing firm in 2013,” Andrew recounted. At E5A, they acquire investors through systematic, data-driven marketing.

 

For companies that are looking to raise capital, marketing plays an incredibly important role. For RegA+ offerings, a company’s first target is typically its existing network of customers. However, a marketing firm such as E5A can help companies to understand the behavior and demographics of current customers. Knowing how customers behave will allow companies to targetpeople that are demographically and behaviorally just like their current customers.

 

With RegA+ offerings, the majority of the money will be raised through marketing. “The beauty of that is that it’s passive,” Andrew says, “we can look at entirely new groups of prospects who are the most likely people who would be interested in investing in a company like yours. Sometimes we can find them through behavior or demographics, hopefully, it’s a combination of both.” Once potential investors have been found, marketing agencies can come up with the messaging platform that will raise money through these investors. Companies are often surprised that their existing network raises little money, but the investors they can gain through marketing helps them reach their goals.

 

Through the use of marketing, Andrew is excited about how companies benefit from acquiring investors at scale. “If you’re a restaurant chain, you want as many people to know about it as possible. If you have a direct-to-consumer product, you want many people to know about it. So a byproduct of raising capital is promoting the brand or the business.” Both investors and the companies get more engaged as information is put out regularly.

 

With RegA+ allowing investors of all wealth, income and experience levels to participate, the restriction allowing only accredited investors is lifted. Additionally, Andrew believes that increasing the limit from $50 to $75 million will greatly improve the regulation since oftentimes companies require more funding. With IPOs on both the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ often over $100 million, he believes increasing the cap to as much as $200 million in a few years would be better for companies looking to utilize RegA+.

 

For its clients, E5A is a “turnkey marketing company, so we do everything from messaging platforms to data-targeting to media buying and optimization, message testing, web development, etc.” Andrew expects that E5A will be held to a standard of success being measured by the amount of money raised. While looking to maintain as much control of the outcome, E5A also understands that many of the companies they work with have their own marketing or IT departments, and try to share as much work with them as possible and include them in the process.

 

E5A looks to work with companies that have a high probability of success, which requires an ecosystem of legal, accounting, technology, broker/dealer, consulting, and marketing services. Andrew says, “We feel that Oscar and the KoreConX team are putting together a world-class network of service providers who are experts in each of their individual tasks. We are glad to participate.

Warrant Issuers, Keep Your Offering Statement Evergreen

An increasing number of issuers have been using Regulation A to make continuous offerings of units, consisting of a combination of equity, often common stock, and warrants to purchase the same equity at a future date.  Under the Securities Act, the units, the shares of stock, the warrants and the shares of stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants are separate securities whose offer and sale must be registered on a registration statement or covered by an exemption from registration such as Regulation A.  That is why offering statements under Regulation A list each of these individually and why the SEC requires the validity opinion filed as an exhibit to the offering statement to cover all of them (See Staff Legal Bulletin No. 19, available at https://www.sec.gov/interps/legal/cfslb19.htm ).

 

Most warrants that are part of these structures are exercisable for more than a year after their date of issuance, often up to 18 months.  Since the exercise of the warrant and payment of the exercise price for the underlying shares is a new investment decision by the warrant holder, the offering statement covering the underlying warrant shares must continue to be qualified under Regulation A in order for the new shares to be covered by the exemption from registration. That means that an issuer must keep the offering statement “evergreen,” or qualified for at least 2 to 3 years to cover those exercises, even if the offering of the units is completed before the first anniversary of qualification.   Most Regulation A offerings permit rolling closings.  The effective date of a warrant is typically the date on which a closing is held and a warrant is issued to an investor.  For example, if an issuer commences a Regulation A offering on the date its offering statement is qualified (let’s say February 1, 2021) and holds its first closing of units on March 1, the warrants issued in that closing are exercisable until September 1, 2022, well past the anniversary of qualification.  Assuming the offering stays open for at least 9 months and the final closing is held on November 1, 2021, the warrants issued in that final closing are exercisable until May 1, 2023.

 

Under the securities laws, registration statements for continuous offerings are kept updated, or “evergreen,” when an issuer complies with its reporting obligations under the Exchange Act by filing timely periodic reports such as their annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and current reports on Form 8-K.  However, since the analogous periodic reports under Regulation A are filed under the Securities Act, their filing does not keep the offering statement evergreen.  If an offering is to extend more than one year from qualification, issuers conducting continuous offerings need to file post qualification amendments (“PQA”)  in accordance with Rule 252(f)(i) every 12 months after the qualification date to update the offering statement, which includes incorporating the financial statements from the periodic reports filed during the previous 12 months.  If the original offering statement was scheduled to terminate before the warrant exercise period ended, the PQA would also need to extend the termination date. A PQA in those circumstances renders the offering statement un-qualified and subject to a possible new SEC review, which means an issuer may continue to make offers (so long as the financials are not stale yet) but may not make sales, such as the issuance of warrant shares upon exercise of warrants, until the SEC re-qualifies the offering statement (See our blog post on updating continuous offerings: https://www.crowdcheck.com/blog/updating-continuous-offerings-under-regulation).  Using our example above, the issuer of units would need to at a minimum file a PQA in sufficient time before February 1, 2022 to allow for a possible Staff review and comment period to meet the annual requirement under Rule 252.  Moreover, if the unit offering lasts more than 6 months after the original qualification date, an issuer should anticipate having to file a second PQA in early 2023 to cover the exercise of warrants issued in the last closing of the offering.

 

Warrant issuers should also keep in mind some additional steps they will need to take.   The subscription agreement and the warrants themselves will need to include additional reps, warranties and covenants, such as a covenant to keep the offering statement evergreen.  Plus, even after qualifying the PQA with the SEC, the issuer will need to insure that it is current with state notice filings, which typically need to be renewed every 12 months as well.

KorePartner Spotlight: Etan Butler, Chair of Dalmore Group

With the recent launch of the KoreConX all-in-one RegA+ platform, KoreConX is happy to feature the KorePartners that contribute to its ecosystem. 

 

Etan Butler is Chairman of Dalmore Group, a FINRA registered national Broker-Dealer, founded in 2005. Dalmore provides a full range of investment banking services and specializes in assisting companies that seek to raise investment capital online through the SEC’s Regulation D, Regulation A+, and Regulation CF.  Etan is recognized as a pioneer in the Regulation A+ industry and is an active participant in industry summits, panels, interviews, and publications. 

 

Dalmore is among the most active Broker-Dealers for Reg A+ offerings, having been involved in more than 85 such offerings in 2020 – including some of the most successful listed and private Reg A+ offerings in history. A number of Dalmore’s Reg A+ clients have met their offering goals and have pursued follow on Reg A+ offerings to raise even more.  Some of Dalmore’s clients have gone on to be listed on Canadian and US public exchanges.

 

“From our wide and varied experience as the broker-dealer on these offerings, we share what we have seen work well (and not so well) with our new issuer clients.  This experience is particularly valuable to the entrepreneur who is approaching a Reg A+ capital raise for the first time, and who can tap into our network of quality service providers, including legal, marketing, and syndication specialists.  We also offer our clients potential alternative trading solutions, and otherwise provide our issuers with the tools they require to enter the field equipped to have the greatest chance of success.”

 

Dalmore Group also provides business planning, development, and capital introduction services to public and private companies in a range of industries, and has participated in various capacities in significant investment, development, and other structured transactions. Over the course of their 15 years of investment banking activity, Etan and his team have been involved in the development of cutting edge, regulatory compliant approaches for the management of business development – including the raising of funds — and the oversight of complex due diligence activities in the heavily regulated area of U.S. and multinational transactions. 

 

“What drew me to investment banking and the buildout of the Reg A+ division at Dalmore was the excitement of working with other entrepreneurs in cutting edge industries, and assisting them in the pursuit of their dreams.  The recent launch of Dalmore’s DirectCF platform, which offers Reg CF issuers a direct, cost-effective, and open access solution for their Reg CF offering – untethered to a marketplace that lists other, competing offerings — reflects Dalmore’s obsession with giving issuers full control of their capital raising activities.” 

 

Etan is also President of EMB Capital, LLC, which invests in early-stage ventures with a focus on real estate acquisition and financial services.

What is the Role of a Transfer Agent for a Private Company?

For companies issuing securities to investors, a transfer agent plays an important role in the process. If your company has yet to issue securities but will be doing so soon, a clear understanding of the purpose of a transfer agent is necessary when choosing the best one to fit your company’s needs.

 

Throughout a company’s rounds of funding, investors will purchase their share of the company to fund the company’s growth. These purchases come in the form of securities and a careful record of them must be kept. Knowing the number of shares each investor owns will be essential in future business deals. In the past, investors were issued paper certificates by a transfer agent, denoting their share of ownership. Now, it is more common for them to issue certificates electronically, which saves the issuer both time and money. 

 

Not only does the transfer agent issue certificates, but they keep a record of who owns what, pays distributions to shareholders, and serves as an intermediary for the company for all transactions related to securities. In this capacity, they provides support to both the issuer and the investor. They are tasked with the responsibility of maintaining accurate records regarding all securities issued by the company. 

 

For a private company, a transfer agent is incredibly important when dealing with investors. When utilized alongside a capitalization table (usually called a cap table), a transfer agent can help the company provide a precise record of who their investors are and how much equity they have remaining, which becomes essential in future rounds of investments. When both current and potential investors can view accurate and complete information on the companies they are investing in, the transparency and availability of information increases the investors’ confidence. 

 

When choosing a transfer agent for your company, the one that eliminates unnecessary costs and time is the most logical option. Through its all-in-one platform, KoreConX offers just that. Completely integrated with the rest of the platform, the KoreConX Transfer Agent is SEC-registered and can be used with other features, such as cap table management and access to a secondary market. Since the KoreConX Transfer Agent manages paperwork and issues certificates electronically, the lengthy process of manual filing is eliminated, creating an experience that is both streamlined and faster. Through the KoreConX Transfer Agent, any change made is reflected in the cap table in real-time, reducing any errors that could be caused by the manual transfer of the data. 

 

Private companies can benefit immensely by employing the use of a transfer agent. Allowing them to manage their securities more efficiently, companies can keep a more detailed record of transactions. As it is the transfer agent’s responsibility to maintain the records of securities, it is essential that companies carefully consider when they’re making their choice. 

 

A good transfer agent must be able to handle many forms of securities instruments, such as equity, debt (bonds, debentures), convertibles, options, warrants, promissory notes, crowdfunding, etc. All of this should be done as efficiently as possible in a fully compliant way in multiple jurisdictions. Ideally, they should provide both the company and its shareholders information in real-time without additional expenses. Most importantly, transfer agent services that are easily integrated with other capabilities, such as portfolio management, shareholder management, minute book, investor relations, and so on, provide companies with a more inclusive and efficient way of maintaining their financials. 

Click “RESET”

In the future, 5 or 10 years from now, we will see an evolution in business and a paradigm shift occurring all due to the global COVID-19 pandemic. Many of us have been advocating that the business world has been operating ineffectively, but not until now has everyone been able to see it and experience it first hand. There are many examples where the chain is broken.

American Stimulus Checks (Banking)

Before the first round of stimulus checks issued to the American people, the US President told everyone that their checks would be deposited within 48 hours. However, a few hours later, the IRS issued a contradictory news release that only about 50% of Americans would receive the aid within 48 hours. For the rest of the population, without direct deposit set up, the process would take months and lacked the potential for setting up direct deposit only. Plus, since the pandemic began to close businesses and eliminate jobs, there has been no additional aid to the American people besides a smaller sum approved by Congress in December.

Opening Commercial Business Accounts (Banking)

Anyone with a business account has experienced the process of setting up a commercial bank account. Applicants need to bring their books, ID, etc., and set up an appointment with the bank to open a business account.  The banker collects all the information and begins the onboarding process. However, this process is often variable and inefficient depending on the financial institution. 

Broker-Dealer Transacting

Broker-dealers in the alternative investment sector, such as those who work with investors for private companies, are accustomed to meeting investors face-to-face to bring them opportunities and perform regulatory compliance. This often makes it more than just a service—it is a personal relationship built between investors and their broker-dealers. However, with face-to-face appointments becoming a way of the past in favor of virtual meetings, the process needs to be improved to support this fundamental change.

Post COVID-19 RESET

The last time we had a reset of any significant magnitude in business was at 11:59 PM on 31 December 1999.  For those who remember the 12 months before this date and time, everyone knew that the future was going to be different, and we saw the next phase of the computer and software introduction to business.

 

Despite this, since 11:59 PM on 31 December 1999, all we have seen is more development but no “reset” and small uptake to really make a difference.  These businesses on which we rely for our financial services have been noticing the signs that change is coming.  Most of them would say, nothing to worry about because my business is very personal with my clients.  Some have attributed that the only way you can offer a personal touch to your business is by not adopting technology to operate your business efficiently.

 

For those who understand and are already seeing this as an opportunity to lead the business world, this “RESET” will create new leaders in many areas as we move to end-to-end processes that have no broken links in these areas:

    • Banking
      • Banks that will be fully online, including onboarding customers and transacting. No more PDF’s but fully integrated with your corporate activities
      • End-to-End integrated with companies  
    • Broker-Dealers
      • The personal touch extended to all clients to pursue opportunities and able to invest by simply updating their profile and from the comfort of their home, office, vacation.
      • End-to-End integrated with investors, compliance, companies, banking
    • Companies
      • Managing all corporate records for C-level onward to be connected to their shareholders, access to capital, banking, insurance, and M&A, regardless of the size of a company
      • End-to-End integration with Broker-dealers, Banking, Secondary Market, and all stakeholders (management, board directors, shareholders, investors, legal, auditors)

 

Why Them?

We rely on them (Banking, Broker-Dealers) to transact to keep our businesses operational. If they are no longer changing the way a service is delivered or integrated or a company or stakeholders are onboarded, companies will pivot to make rapid, fundamental changes to keep their business operational. 

 

There will be holdouts as we saw on 31 December 1999. In the end, they will be the ones complaining that it was Covid-19 that destroyed their businesses, but in reality, their businesses were adversely affected by not pivoting when all indicators pointed to the need for change.  

Real-Time Success

We are seeing clear indicators already that we must pivot our way of doing business.  Companies are raising capital online from registered funding portals or via their website, and the data is showing strong growth in online investing. This is one clear sign that those who have pivoted are getting rewarded versus those waiting and hoping for the good old days to come back.

 

11:59 PM 31 December 2020

RESET

 

How to be Ready for Raising Capital

Whether you’ve raised capital in the past or are preparing for your first round, being properly prepared will help your company secure the funding it needs. Proper preparation will make investors confident that you are ready for their investments and have a foundation in place for the growth and development of your company. So if you’re looking to raise money, what must you do to be ready for raising capital?

 

From the start, any company should keep track of shareholders in its capitalization table (commonly referred to as the cap table). Even if you have not yet raised any funds, equity distributed amongst founders and key team members should be accurately recorded. With this information kept up-to-date and readily available, negotiations with investors will be smoother, as it will be clear how much equity can be given to potential shareholders. If this information is unclear, deals will likely come with frustrations and delays. 

 

Researching and having knowledge of each investor type will also help prepare your company to raise money. Will an angel investor, venture capital firm, crowdfunding, or other investment method be suited best for the money that is being raised? Having a clear answer to this question will help you better understand the investors you’re trying to reach and will help you prepare a backup option if needed. 

 

Once your target investors have been decided and you have a firm grasp on the equity you’re able to offer, preparing to pitch your company to them will be a key step. Having a pitch deck containing information relevant to your company and its industry will allow you to convince investors why your business is worth investing in. Additionally, preparing for any questions that they may ask will ensure investors that you are knowledgeable and have done the research to tackle difficult problems. 

 

Before committing to raising capital, you should make sure that your company has an established business model. Investors want to see that you have a market for your product and are progressing. If investors are not confident that the product you’re marketing has a demand, it will be less likely they will invest. Investors will also want proof that the company is heading in the right direction and the money they invest will help it get there faster. 

 

Once you have determined that your company is ready for investors, managing the investments and issuing securities will be essential. To streamline the process and keep all necessary documents in one location, KoreConX’s all-in-one platform allows companies to manage the investment process and give investors access to their securities and a secondary market after the funding is completed. With cap table management, the all-in-one platform will help companies keep track of shareholders and is updated in real-time, ensuring accuracy as securities are sold. 

 

Ensuring that your company has prepared before raising capital will help the process go smoothly, with fewer headaches and frustrations than if you went into it unprepared. Investors want to know that their money is going to the right place, so allowing them to be confident in their investments will ensure your company gets the funding that it needs to be a success. 

Can I Use My IRA for Private Company Investments?

Individual retirement accounts (commonly shortened to IRAs) allow flexibility and diversity when making investments. Whether investing in stocks, bonds, real estate, private companies, or other types of investments, IRAs can be useful tools when saving for retirement. While traditional IRAs limit investments to more standard options, such as stocks and bonds, a self-directed IRA allows for investments in things less standard, such as private companies and real estate. 

 

Like a traditional IRA, to open a self-directed IRA you must find a custodian to hold the account. Banks and brokerage firms can often act as custodians, but careful research must be done to ensure that they will handle the types of investments you’re planning on making. Since custodians simply hold the account for you, and often cannot advise you on investments, finding a financial advisor that specializes in IRA investments can help ensure due diligence. 

 

With IRA investments, investors need to be extremely careful that it follows regulations enforced by the SEC. If regulations are not adhered to, the IRA owner can face severe tax penalties. For example, you cannot use your IRA to invest in companies that either pay you a salary or that you’ve lent money to, as it is viewed by the SEC as a prohibited transaction. Additionally, you cannot use your IRA to invest in a company belonging to either yourself or a direct family member. If the IRA’s funds are used in these ways, there could be an early withdrawal penalty of 10% plus regular income tax on the funds if the owner is younger than 59.5 years old. 

 

Since the IRA’s custodian cannot validate the legitimacy of a potential investment, investors need to be responsible for proper due diligence. However, since some investors are not aware of this, it is a common tactic for those looking to commit fraud to say that the investment opportunity has been approved by the custodian. The SEC warns that high-reward investments are typically high-risk, so the investor should be sure they fully understand the investment and are in the position to take a potential loss. The SEC also recommends that investors ask questions to see if the issuer or investment has been registered. Either the SEC itself or state securities regulators should be considered trusted, unbiased sources for investors.

 

If all requirements are met, the investor can freely invest in private companies using their IRAs. However, once investments have been made, the investor will need to keep track of them, since it is not up to their custodian. To keep all records of investments in a central location, investors can use KoreConX’s Portfolio Management, as part of its all-in-one platform. The portfolio management tool allows investors to utilize a single dashboard for all of their investments, easily accessing all resources provided by their companies. Information including key reports, news, and other documents are readily available to help investors make smarter, more informed investments. 

 

Once investors have done their due diligence and have been careful to avoid instances that could result in penalties and taxes, investments with IRAs can be beneficial. Since it allows for a diverse investment portfolio, those who choose to invest in multiple different ways are, in general, safer. Additionally, IRAs are tax-deferred, and contributions can be deducted from the owner’s taxable income. 

Why is a Broker-Dealer Important for Private Company Offerings?

If you’re looking to raise money for your private company, chances are that you’ve at least heard the term “broker-dealer.” However, if you’re new to the process, you might not be too familiar with what they do and why they are a key component of the fundraising process. 

 

Simply put, a broker-dealer is an agent that assists you in raising capital for your private company.  Broker-dealers can be small, independently working firms or ones that operate as part of large banks and investment firms. Both are subject to registration with the SEC and must join a “self-regulatory organization” such as FINRA. If a broker-dealer is not registered they can face penalties enforced by the SEC.  You can check a broker-dealer’s registration here: https://brokercheck.finra.org/

 

For private companies looking to raise money, working with a broker-dealer will be a key part of their capital raising activities. Certain states require issuers to work with a broker-dealer to offer securities, so working with a broker-dealer allows issuers to maintain compliance with the SEC and other regulatory entities. Ensuring that issuers are compliant with all regulations is essential to a successful round of capital raising and good business practices. If issuers are not compliant, they can face penalties from the SEC including returning the money raised.

 

Broker-dealers are intermediaries in a fundraise transaction between the private company and the investors.  As such, they are mandated to perform a variety of compliance activities.  If you retain a broker-dealer, they will first be responsible for performing due diligence on your private company. This is important so that there are no false representations to investors.  Investor protection is one of the main responsibilities of the SEC, so the broker-dealers must ensure they are performing appropriate steps to ensure the information presented to investors is accurate, appropriate, and not misleading.

 

Once the broker-dealer has completed the due diligence, they work with private companies to prepare appropriate information to share with investors and set timelines.  This can involve liaising with your legal counsel to ensure the offering documents are complete and to ensure what type of investors they can approach with your offering.  Each country has its own regulations around how you can approach investors, which is why it is important to have a good broker-dealer and legal counsel in each region you intend to offer your securities. 

 

There are different types of investors that can be approached depending on jurisdiction and securities regulations. They include Venture Capital, Private Equity firms, Institutional investors, or individuals. While most of these are professional investors, the individual investor group is further broken down into accredited/sophisticated investors and the general public.  Accredited investors have to meet income or wealth criteria to invest in accredited investor offerings (Regulation D type of offerings in the USA).  The popular mechanisms in the USA to present your offering to the non-accredited or general population (over 18 years) are Regulation CF and Regulation A+.

 

As the broker-dealers reach out to investors and find interested participants, there are steps that they have to perform to ensure that the investor is appropriate for the company.  Typical checks that broker-dealers have to conduct on investors can include performing identification verification, anti-money laundering checks, assessing the suitability of the investment to the investor, and doing accreditation checks. 

 

With the help of a broker-dealer, companies can raise the funding their company needs while being confident that they are maintaining compliance with the regulations that are in place. With over 3,700 registered broker-dealers in the United States alone, every issuer looking to raise capital can be confident of finding at least one well-suited broker-dealer that meets their needs.

What is Investor Relations?

No matter the size of the company, investor relations (IR) should be a key component of conducting business. It’s never too early to implement a solid investor relations approach, but if your company has never tackled this issue, the term may seem confusing. Understanding what investor relations entail will allow your company to begin implementing strategies that will help your company succeed. 

 

Simply put, investor relations provide all investors with accurate information about the company. IR plays a key role in communication between investors and company executives. Rather than shareholders contacting the company’s CEO or other executives directly, the IR department acts as an intermediary, determining when it is important to involve the CEO.  If company executives were continually contacted by investors with requests, they would have to devote their already limited time to manage these requests. However, it is also up to IR teams to still ensure that company executives are still available for shareholders, so they must find a balance that works best. 

 

IR departments also have a responsibility to ensure that the company is compliant when reporting to investors. For public companies, the Public Company Accounting Reform and Investor Protection Act, passed by the US government in 2002, increased reporting requirements and set standards for companies to follow. With the bill in place, IR departments are required to distribute financial information to investors accurately. For private companies, ensuring they are meeting compliance early will save them time if they were to go public. The transparency increases confidence in the company for investors and ensures that the business is being run the right way. 

 

As a key line of communication between the company and investors, investor relations departments are typically responsible for communicating any changes or initiatives that the company will be undergoing. Being included in discussions with the executive team will help the IR team understand why decisions are being made so that they can communicate the reasoning effectively with investors. 

 

For private companies, software such as KoreConX’s all-in-one platform can help easily manage relationships with their shareholders. The KoreConX IR feature allows companies to work seamlessly with investors by providing them online opportunities to vote and access company financial information and news releases. By giving investors a secure platform on which they can both nominate and vote on company matters, they can feel confident in the way voting is held. Additionally, the investor relations feature allows the company to easily organize meetings with its investors. 

 

By maintaining transparent investor relations, private companies can prepare themselves for success. Keeping investors up to date on important company information allows them to have confidence in the company’s leadership and their investment. Having a track record of good relationships and transparency with current investors may also be beneficial when it comes to raising future capital, as it could help to attract potential ones

How does Investor Acquisition Help Find the Right Investors?

If you’re a company that is in the process of raising funds for your business, you’re likely looking to do so with the help of investors. By trading a piece of your company in exchange for some much-needed capital, you can fund your ideas and the growth of your business. With Regulation A+ opening up the investor pool to include those who would not be regularly included in a traditional IPO, it is essential to choose the right investors with whom you are going to grow your business. As investors become shareholders that often have some kind of say in the company, it will be important to choose investors that will aid you on your journey to grow your company. But how exactly do you find the right investor for you and your company’s vision?

 

Investor acquisition is targeting the best investors for the offering based on their demographics. Are you trying to raise money from your customers or people with similar behaviors? Are you targeting investors based on location, age, or other demographics? With investor acquisition, it allows companies to find and target the investors that will be best suited for the offering. If companies are targeting the investors that are most likely to invest, less time is wasted and more money is raised by eliminating the need to interact with those who aren’t going to invest. 

 

Additionally, through investor acquisition, you can turn current customers into investors and investors into customers. With the addition of RegA+ to issuers’ toolbox, the ability to raise money from customers is now easier than ever. The customers who already know and support you can turn into important advocates for your company, which in turn can entice either more investors or customers to support your company.  Through RegA+, investors are not required to be accredited, so everyday people now have the opportunity to invest in companies that they believe in and support. 

 

Once you’ve found investors to invest in your offering, keeping proper records of them will be essential to long-term success. Issuers need to manage their cap table, maintain investor relations, perform securities transfers in a compliant way, transfer agent, and more. With the KoreConX all-in-one platform, companies can securely manage who their investors are, issue shareholder certificates, and maintain their cap table in real-time, as changes occur. For investors, they can securely manage their portfolio of investments, receive important company information, and vote on company matters. With the platform, companies can maintain compliance and manage their information seamlessly. 

 

Once you’ve decided to raise capital for your company, the next most important should be who you are going to raise the money from. With the help of investor acquisition, you can analyze information about your target so that you can best understand their behavior and what will get them to invest. Making smarter decisions about who you want investment from will help your company grow in the direction that you see best. 

 

What is Needed for a Successful RegA+ Offering

If your company is looking to raise funding, you’ve probably considered many options for doing so. Since the SEC introduced the outlines for Regulation A+ in the JOBS Act, companies have been able to raise amounts up to $50 million (which increases to $75 million in January 2021) during rounds of funding from both accredited and non-accredited investors alike. If you’ve chosen to proceed with a RegA+ offering, you’ve probably become familiar with the process, but what do you need for your offering to be a success?

 

When beginning your offering, your company’s valuation will play a key role in the offering’s success. While it may be tempting to complete your valuation in-house, as it can save your company money in its early stages, seeking a valuation from a third-party firm will ensure its accuracy. Having a proper valuation will allow you to commence your offering without overvaluing what your company is worth. 

 

Since the SEC allows RegA+ offerings to be freely advertised, your company will need a realistic marketing budget to spread the word about your fundraising efforts. If no one knows that you’re raising money, how can you actually raise money? Once you’ve established a budget, knowing your target will be the next important step. If your company’s brand already has loyal customers, they are likely the easiest target for your fundraising campaign. Customers that already love your brand will be excited to invest in something that they care about. 

 

After addressing marketing strategies for gaining investments in your company, creating the proper terms for the offering will also be essential. Since one of the main advantages of RegA+ is that it allows companies to raise money from everyday people, having terms that are easy for people to understand without complex knowledge of investments and finance will have a wider appeal. Potential investors can invest in a company with confidence when they can easily understand what they are buying. 

 

For a successful offering, companies should also keep in mind that they need to properly manage their offering. KoreConX makes it simple for companies to keep track of all aspects of their fundraising with its all-in-one platform. Companies can easily manage their capitalization table as securities are sold and equity is awarded to shareholders, and direct integration with a transfer agent allows certificates to be issued electronically. Even after the round, the platform provides both issuers and investors with support and offers a secondary market for securities purchased from private companies. 

 

Knowing your audience, establishing a marketing budget, creating simple terms, and having an accurate valuation will give your RegA+ offering the power to succeed and can help you raise the desired funding for your company. Through the JOBS Act, the SEC gave private companies the incredible power to raise funds from both everyday people and accredited investors, but proper strategies can ensure that the offering meets its potential.

Regulation A Offering Limits Increased to $75 Million

On Monday, November 2, exciting news was announced by the SEC regarding Regulation A offerings. The Securities and Exchange Commission approved long-awaited amendments to offering limits to “promote capital formation and expand investment opportunities.” These amendments, going into effect on January 2, 2021, drastically increase the amount of capital that issuers can raise through RegA+ offerings.

 

Before the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act (JOBS Act) of 2012, Regulation A was a relatively obscure and underutilized regulation since adherence to Blue Sky Laws in all 50 states made it time-consuming and costly. The JOBS Act transformed RegA into a company-friendly law allowing businesses to raise millions of dollars. Broken down into two tiers, Tier 1 allows companies to raise a maximum of $20 million after meeting compliance with Blue Sky Laws in each state, while Tier 2 previously allowed up to $50 million to be raised after the offering statement has been reviewed and accepted by the SEC. While neither tiers place limits on the amount an accredited investor can invest, Tier 2 limits individual investors to either 10% of their net worth or annual income.

 

With this latest amendment to Regulation A, companies will now be able to raise a maximum of $75 million under Tier 2 offerings. This comes as great news for companies looking to raise capital through RegA offerings since Tier 2 offerings comprise the majority of those conducted, with 73% of qualified offerings falling under this tier. This substantial increase allows issuers to raise larger sums of capital to fund their business and its development. In addition, the updated Regulation A raises the offering limit of secondary sales from $15 million to $22.5 million. With Tier 2 offerings preempting Blue Sky Laws in each state, it offers companies an efficient tool for efficiently raising capital on a nationwide scale. 

 

With an increase of $25 million, this drastic improvement to Regulation A offerings will empower more companies to raise the capital they need for success.

Forbes interview with KoreConX founders

Do you know how to invest in the private capital market?  Not many people do.  It is complicated, requires a lot of paperwork, has low transaction volume, comes with risk and volatility, and not very liquid.

Could distributed ledger technology (DLT) be used to reduce back-office fees and expand the market for this asset class?

I interviewed Oscar Jofre, CEO and co-founder of KoreConX, who believes his platform and infrastructure can help.

KoreConX is a company working to change how businesses raise capital.  Mr. Jofre is an advocate for using DLT to bring transparency to a fractured process.  Mr. Jofre mentioned, “There are over 90,000 companies in our platform from around the globe who have raised more than $6.6 billion. Companies who use the KoreConX platform raised capital working with broker-dealers or direct offerings on their own. We are purely providing the technology to make sure they are fully compliant and to manage the entire process.”

What is the private capital market?  What are the problems?

The private capital market represents companies not publicly traded on stock exchanges. Private funds, venture capital investors, and some mutual funds are typically the main buyers.  Investments can be in new start-up enterprises, mature business, or sometimes struggling firms. This type of asset is considered to be highly risky.

One critical problem, the team at KoreConX explained, was the lack of market access for small firms. Dr. Kiran Garimella, KoreConX’s CSO and CTO, said, “The majority of participants in private capital markets are smaller entities who are closely connected with local companies and investors. They cannot afford huge expenses for integrated systems.”  KoreConX specializes in connecting all sizes of firms rather than limiting their scope to more mature enterprises.  Interestingly CEO Oscar Jofre’s background is crowdfunding, which is a driving influence in his business.

Jason Futko, CFO and co-founder, said, “It is often difficult for companies in the private capital markets to identify investors to present their opportunity. The fragmentation in this market can make it difficult to find investors or other professionals to help you grow your business.”

On June 26th, 2019, Broadridge bought from Northern Trust a similar blockchain platform.  There is competition in this space from many players. Mr. Jofre said, “There are companies like Carta, Capshares, ComputerShare, AST, and Link Group that offer some of the features KoreConX provides in our all-in-one platform. We have a much different view of the market. To truly transform it, we need to make sure all participants have all the tools they need. If they don’t, then we will never see any great change in the private capital markets.”

KoreConX launched on October 11th, 2019, their new blockchain ecosystem for fully compliant digital securities worldwide.  Their mission is to ensure compliance with securities regulation and corporate law.  The KoreConX platform includes securitized token issuance, trading, clearing, settlement, management, reporting, and corporate actions.

As explained to me by the management team, the lack of data integrity and regional knowledge of jurisdictional compliance can restrict investment opportunities offered to the public.  Mr. Futko continued, “Obviously part of the solution under KoreConX has to be around connecting document fragmentation, providing access to professionals and creating trust through our blockchain, which ensures both business and regulatory logic.”

Why can blockchain technology help now?

The KoreConX team stated that the private capital markets serve over 450 million private companies worldwide today.  They have a lack of document transparency and high fees. Compare this to public capital markets, which have established listing standards and rules.  Furthermore, open markets are used every day and can handle many transactions.  Dr. Garimella said, “Blockchain offers technology that provides solid mechanisms for trust through immutability and consensus among parties.”

I asked Mr. Jofre to explain why his work was different from larger companies, like Broadridge? He responded, “KoreConX is entering a market with many providers who have a single feature or application. For private capital markets to be as efficient, as public listed markets, it needs an infrastructure layer and an application layer.  KoreConX brings both.  We do not exclude anyone because of size or geography.”

Exempt Market Update 2019

The exempt market in Canada is going through some major developments that will fundamentally change how the private market will be seen by investors.

Digital Securities provide companies, who are raising capital, the opportunity to offer their investors another potential exit that until now was only seen as a pipe dream.

It’s no longer a dream, it’s in fact reality. Digital Securities are a direct representation of the securities a company offers to investors, but instead of a piece of paper, it’s put on a technology that is immutable. 

Companies around the world are raising capital offering investors Digital Securities, which would allow them to have secondary market trading.

ATS (Alternative Trading Systems) have been around for decades around the globe, in most cases unused due to inefficiencies and high costs.

With over 16 ATS now launching in the USA and more coming in Europe and ASIA we will see more ATS secondary markets for private shares than public stock exchanges in the next 24. The reason is very simple. There is more private companies than public listed.

450 Million private companies vs 85,000 public listed companies worldwide.

$2.4 trillion raised by U.S private companies vs. $2.1 trillion by public companies, a gap that has been widening for 6 years. With the decline in the number of public companies and the rise of private financing will drive a need for efficient secondary market trading of private shares. A blockchain enabled and global compliant digital security is critical to the success of secondary markets for private shares.

On 29 May 2019, OMEGA has filed an application with the regulators to launch a Digital Securities ATS. This announcement shows you how the market is evolving to provide further liquidity in the private capital markets. This will not be the first ATS in Canada. 

KoreConX is leading the market by providing the tools for Exempt Market Dealers to put their business online, in a secure and compliant manner, to be connected in the private capital markets ecosystem.

The KoreConX all-in-one platform, powered by IBM’s Hyperledger Fabric, is the key infrastructure that, until now, was missing from the private capital markets. Our globally compliant digital securities protocol is the key to creating efficient securities management throughout their lifecycle. 

KoreConX Revolutionizing Private Capital Markets

www.koreconx.com

www.KoreConX.io